MATCH: Improve `A CMP 0 ? A : -A` set of patterns to use bitwise_equal_p.
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blob42622177ef9cc73a77d80ea6f9fbbd1f6af42849
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\n\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\n\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
188 /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */
190 DEFHOOK
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\n\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\n\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
196 NULL)
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
199 DEFHOOK
200 (unwind_emit,
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
205 NULL)
207 DEFHOOKPOD
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\n\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\n\
211 be called afterward.",
212 bool, true)
214 /* Return true if the target needs extra instructions to restore the current
215 frame address after a DW_CFA_restore_state opcode. */
216 DEFHOOK
217 (should_restore_cfa_state,
218 "For DWARF-based unwind frames, two CFI instructions provide for save and\n\
219 restore of register state. GCC maintains the current frame address (CFA)\n\
220 separately from the register bank but the unwinder in libgcc preserves this\n\
221 state along with the registers (and this is expected by the code that writes\n\
222 the unwind frames). This hook allows the target to specify that the CFA data\n\
223 is not saved/restored along with the registers by the target unwinder so that\n\
224 suitable additional instructions should be emitted to restore it.",
225 bool, (void),
226 hook_bool_void_false)
228 /* Generate an internal label.
229 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
230 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
231 (generate_internal_label,
233 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
234 default_generate_internal_label)
236 /* Output an internal label. */
237 DEFHOOK
238 (internal_label,
239 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
240 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
242 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
243 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
244 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
246 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
247 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
248 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
249 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
250 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
252 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
253 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
254 default_internal_label)
256 /* Output label for the constant. */
257 DEFHOOK
258 (declare_constant_name,
259 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
260 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
261 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
262 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
263 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
264 will be an internal label.\n\
266 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
267 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
269 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
270 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
271 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
273 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
274 DEFHOOK
275 (ttype,
276 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
277 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
278 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
279 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
280 bool, (rtx sym),
281 hook_bool_rtx_false)
283 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
284 associated with the tree decl. */
285 DEFHOOK
286 (assemble_visibility,
287 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
288 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
289 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
290 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
291 default_assemble_visibility)
293 DEFHOOK
294 (print_patchable_function_entry,
295 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
296 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
297 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
298 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
299 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
300 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
301 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
302 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
304 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
305 DEFHOOK
306 (function_prologue,
307 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
308 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
309 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
310 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
311 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
312 code should be output.\n\
314 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
315 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
317 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
318 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
319 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
320 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
321 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
322 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
323 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
325 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
326 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
327 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
328 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
329 registers are used in the function.\n\
331 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
332 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
333 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
334 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
335 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
336 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
337 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
339 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
340 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
341 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
342 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
343 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
344 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
345 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
346 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
347 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
348 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
349 void, (FILE *file),
350 default_function_pro_epilogue)
352 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
353 DEFHOOK
354 (function_end_prologue,
355 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
356 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
357 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
358 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
359 void, (FILE *file),
360 no_asm_to_stream)
362 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
363 DEFHOOK
364 (function_begin_epilogue,
365 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
366 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
367 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
368 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
369 void, (FILE *file),
370 no_asm_to_stream)
372 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
373 DEFHOOK
374 (function_epilogue,
375 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
376 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
377 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
378 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
379 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
380 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
381 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
383 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
384 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
385 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
386 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
388 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
390 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
391 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
392 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
393 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
395 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
396 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
397 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
398 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
399 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
400 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
402 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
403 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
404 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
405 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
407 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
408 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
409 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
410 number of arguments.\n\
412 @findex pops_args\n\
413 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
414 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
415 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
416 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
417 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
418 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
419 void, (FILE *file),
420 default_function_pro_epilogue)
422 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
423 DEFHOOK
424 (init_sections,
425 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
426 @file{varasm.cc} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
427 of its own that you need to create.\n\
429 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
430 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
431 described below.",
432 void, (void),
433 hook_void_void)
435 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
436 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
437 which this section is associated. */
438 DEFHOOK
439 (named_section,
440 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
441 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
442 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
443 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
444 this section is associated.",
445 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
446 default_no_named_section)
448 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
449 declaration, using their numerical value. */
450 DEFHOOK
451 (elf_flags_numeric,
452 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
453 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
454 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
455 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
456 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
457 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
458 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
459 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
460 is emitted.",
461 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
462 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
464 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
465 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
466 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
467 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
468 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
469 (from static destructors).
470 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
471 DEFHOOK
472 (function_section,
473 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
474 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
475 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
476 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
477 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
478 (from static destructors).\n\
479 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
480 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
481 default_function_section)
483 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
484 DEFHOOK
485 (function_switched_text_sections,
486 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\n\
487 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\n\
488 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\n\
489 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\n\
490 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
491 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
492 default_function_switched_text_sections)
494 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
495 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
496 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
497 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
498 DEFHOOK
499 (reloc_rw_mask,
500 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
501 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
502 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
503 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
505 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
506 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
507 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
508 in read-only sections even in executables.",
509 int, (void),
510 default_reloc_rw_mask)
512 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
513 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
516 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
517 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
519 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
520 equals true and false otherwise",
521 bool, (void),
522 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
524 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
525 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
526 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
527 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
528 DEFHOOK
529 (select_section,
530 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
531 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
532 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
533 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
534 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
535 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
537 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
538 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
540 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
541 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
542 default_select_section)
544 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
545 alignment in bits. */
546 DEFHOOK
547 (select_rtx_section,
548 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
549 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
550 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
551 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
552 in bits.\n\
554 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
555 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
556 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
557 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
558 default_select_rtx_section)
560 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
561 for SELECT_SECTION. */
562 DEFHOOK
563 (unique_section,
564 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
565 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
566 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
567 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
569 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
570 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
571 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
572 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
573 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
574 default_unique_section)
576 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
577 associated with function DECL. */
578 DEFHOOK
579 (function_rodata_section,
580 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
581 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
582 over the former.\n\
583 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
584 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
585 or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
586 the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
587 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
588 default_function_rodata_section)
590 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
591 for mergeable data sections. */
592 DEFHOOKPOD
593 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
594 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
595 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
596 the string if a different section name should be used.",
597 const char *, ".rodata")
599 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
600 DEFHOOK
601 (tm_clone_table_section,
602 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\n\
603 tables.",
604 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
606 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
607 DEFHOOK
608 (constructor,
609 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
610 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
612 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
613 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
614 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
615 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
617 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
618 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
619 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
620 is not defined.",
621 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
623 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
624 DEFHOOK
625 (destructor,
626 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
627 functions rather than initialization functions.",
628 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
630 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
631 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
632 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
633 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
634 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
635 DEFHOOK
636 (output_mi_thunk,
637 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
638 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
639 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
640 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
641 the real function.\n\
643 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
644 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
645 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
646 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
647 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
648 all other incoming arguments.\n\
650 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
651 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
652 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
654 @smallexample\n\
655 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
656 @end smallexample\n\
658 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
659 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
660 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
661 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
663 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
664 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
665 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
666 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
668 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
669 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
670 some targets, but probably not.\n\
672 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
673 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
674 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
675 not support varargs.",
676 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
677 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
678 NULL)
680 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
681 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
682 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
683 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
684 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
685 text to the output file. */
686 DEFHOOK
687 (can_output_mi_thunk,
688 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
689 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
690 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
691 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
692 previously exposed.",
693 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
694 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
695 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
697 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
698 translation unit. */
699 DEFHOOK
700 (file_start,
701 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
702 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
703 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
704 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
705 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
706 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
707 void, (void),
708 default_file_start)
710 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
711 DEFHOOK
712 (file_end,
713 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
714 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
715 void, (void),
716 hook_void_void)
718 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
719 LTO output stream. */
720 DEFHOOK
721 (lto_start,
722 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
723 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
724 nothing.",
725 void, (void),
726 hook_void_void)
728 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
729 LTO output stream. */
730 DEFHOOK
731 (lto_end,
732 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
733 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
734 nothing.",
735 void, (void),
736 hook_void_void)
738 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
739 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
740 DEFHOOK
741 (code_end,
742 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
743 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
744 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
745 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
746 nothing.",
747 void, (void),
748 hook_void_void)
750 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
751 external. */
752 DEFHOOK
753 (external_libcall,
754 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
755 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
756 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
757 void, (rtx symref),
758 default_external_libcall)
760 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
761 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
762 DEFHOOK
763 (mark_decl_preserved,
764 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
765 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
766 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
767 void, (const char *symbol),
768 hook_void_constcharptr)
770 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
771 DEFHOOK
772 (record_gcc_switches,
773 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
774 switches provided as argument.\n\
776 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
777 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
778 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
779 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
780 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
781 hook.",
782 void, (const char *),
783 NULL)
785 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
786 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
787 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
788 this information. */
789 DEFHOOKPOD
790 (record_gcc_switches_section,
791 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
792 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
793 hook.",
794 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
796 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
797 DEFHOOK
798 (output_anchor,
799 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
800 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
801 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
802 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
804 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
805 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
806 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
807 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
808 void, (rtx x),
809 default_asm_output_anchor)
811 DEFHOOK
812 (output_ident,
813 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident}\n\
814 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages.\n\
815 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident}\n\
816 directive.",
817 void, (const char *name),
818 hook_void_constcharptr)
820 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
821 DEFHOOK
822 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
823 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
824 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
825 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
826 NULL)
828 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
829 DEFHOOK
830 (final_postscan_insn,
831 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
832 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
833 if necessary.\n\
835 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
836 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
837 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
838 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
839 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
840 by checking the contents of the vector.",
841 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
842 NULL)
844 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
845 DEFHOOK
846 (trampoline_template,
847 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
848 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
849 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
850 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
852 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
853 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
854 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
855 to generate it on the spot.",
856 void, (FILE *f),
857 NULL)
859 DEFHOOK
860 (output_source_filename,
861 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\n\
862 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
864 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\n\
865 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
866 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
867 default_asm_output_source_filename)
869 DEFHOOK
870 (output_addr_const_extra,
871 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
872 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
873 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
874 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
876 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
877 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
878 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
879 return @code{true}.",
880 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
881 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
883 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
884 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
885 initializers. */
886 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
889 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
890 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
891 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
892 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
893 (print_operand,
895 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
896 default_print_operand)
898 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
899 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
900 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
901 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
902 (print_operand_address,
904 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
905 default_print_operand_address)
907 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
908 `print_operand' hook. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
910 not this hook. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
914 bool ,(unsigned char code),
915 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
917 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
918 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
919 DEFHOOK
920 (mangle_assembler_name,
921 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.cc}'s\n\
922 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\n\
923 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\n\
924 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\n\
925 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
926 tree, (const char *name),
927 default_mangle_assembler_name)
929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
931 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
932 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.cc looks for and handles. */
933 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
934 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
935 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
937 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
938 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
939 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
940 DEFHOOK
941 (adjust_cost,
942 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
943 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
944 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
945 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
946 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
947 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
948 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
949 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
950 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
951 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
952 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
953 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
954 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
955 unsigned int dw),
956 NULL)
958 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_priority,
961 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
962 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
963 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
964 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
965 scheduling priorities of insns.",
966 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
968 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
969 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
970 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
971 DEFHOOK
972 (issue_rate,
973 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
974 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
975 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
976 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
977 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
978 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
979 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
980 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
981 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
982 int, (void), NULL)
984 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
985 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
986 DEFHOOK
987 (variable_issue,
988 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
989 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
990 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
991 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
992 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
993 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
994 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
995 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
996 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
997 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
998 was scheduled.",
999 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1001 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1002 DEFHOOK
1003 (init,
1004 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1005 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1006 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1007 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1008 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1009 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1010 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1011 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1013 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1014 DEFHOOK
1015 (finish,
1016 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1017 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1018 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1019 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1020 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1021 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1022 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1024 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1025 DEFHOOK
1026 (init_global,
1027 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1028 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1029 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1030 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1031 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1033 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1034 DEFHOOK
1035 (finish_global,
1036 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1037 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1038 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1041 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1042 places. Default does nothing. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (reorder,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1046 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1047 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1049 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1050 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1051 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1052 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1053 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1054 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1055 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1056 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1057 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1058 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1059 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder2,
1063 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1064 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1065 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1066 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1067 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1068 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1069 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1070 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1071 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1073 DEFHOOK
1074 (macro_fusion_p,
1075 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1076 bool, (void), NULL)
1078 DEFHOOK
1079 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1080 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1081 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1082 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1083 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1084 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1085 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1086 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1088 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1089 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1090 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1093 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1094 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1095 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1096 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1097 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1098 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1099 calculated.",
1100 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1102 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1103 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1104 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1105 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1106 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1107 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1108 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1109 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1110 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1112 DEFHOOK
1113 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1114 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1115 void, (void), NULL)
1117 DEFHOOK
1118 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1119 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1120 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1122 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1123 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1124 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1125 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1126 rtx, (void), NULL)
1128 DEFHOOK
1129 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1130 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1131 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1132 void, (void), NULL)
1134 DEFHOOK
1135 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1136 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1137 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1138 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1139 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1141 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1142 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1143 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1144 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1148 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1149 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1150 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1151 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1152 void, (void), NULL)
1154 DEFHOOK
1155 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1156 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1157 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1162 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1163 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1164 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1165 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1166 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1167 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1168 insns on the same cycle. */
1169 DEFHOOK
1170 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1171 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1172 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1173 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1174 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1175 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1176 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1177 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1178 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1179 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1180 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1182 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1183 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1184 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1185 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1186 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1187 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1188 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1189 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1190 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1192 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1193 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1194 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1196 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1197 int, (void), NULL)
1199 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1200 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1201 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1202 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1203 DEFHOOK
1204 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1205 "\n\
1206 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1207 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1208 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1209 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1210 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1211 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1212 number of cycles.\n\
1213 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1214 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1215 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1217 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1218 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1220 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1221 scheduling.
1222 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1223 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1224 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1225 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1226 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1227 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1228 scheduling on current cycle. */
1229 DEFHOOK
1230 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1231 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1232 scheduling.",
1233 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1234 NULL)
1236 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1237 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1238 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1239 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1240 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1241 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1242 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1243 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1244 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1245 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1246 DEFHOOK
1247 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1248 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1249 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1250 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1252 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1253 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1254 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1255 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1256 described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1261 DEFHOOK
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1263 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1264 an instruction.",
1265 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1267 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1268 round of multipass scheduling.
1269 DATA is a pointer.
1270 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1271 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1272 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1273 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1274 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1275 DEFHOOK
1276 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1277 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1278 round of multipass scheduling.",
1279 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1281 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286 DEFHOOK
1287 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1288 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1291 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1292 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1293 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1294 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1295 described in DFA. */
1296 DEFHOOK
1297 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1298 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1299 void, (void *data), NULL)
1301 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1302 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1303 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1304 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1305 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1306 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1307 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1308 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1309 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1310 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1311 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1312 DEFHOOK
1313 (dfa_new_cycle,
1314 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1315 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1316 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1317 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1318 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1319 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1320 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1321 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1322 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1323 and the current processor cycle.",
1324 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1325 int clock, int *sort_p),
1326 NULL)
1328 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1329 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1330 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1331 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1332 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1333 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1334 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1335 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1336 second insn (second parameter). */
1337 DEFHOOK
1338 (is_costly_dependence,
1339 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1340 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1341 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1342 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1343 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1344 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1345 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1346 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1347 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1348 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1350 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1351 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1352 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1353 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1354 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1355 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1356 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1357 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1359 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1360 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1361 that new instructions were emitted. */
1362 DEFHOOK
1363 (h_i_d_extended,
1364 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1365 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1366 per instruction data structures.",
1367 void, (void), NULL)
1369 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1371 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1372 DEFHOOK
1373 (alloc_sched_context,
1374 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1375 void *, (void), NULL)
1377 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1378 DEFHOOK
1379 (init_sched_context,
1380 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1381 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1382 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1383 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1385 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1386 DEFHOOK
1387 (set_sched_context,
1388 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1389 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1391 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1392 DEFHOOK
1393 (clear_sched_context,
1394 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1395 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1397 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1398 DEFHOOK
1399 (free_sched_context,
1400 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1403 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1404 by the insn scheduler.
1405 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1406 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1407 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1408 It should return
1409 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1410 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1411 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1412 generated one. */
1413 DEFHOOK
1414 (speculate_insn,
1415 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1416 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1417 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1418 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1419 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1420 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1421 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1422 the generated speculative pattern.",
1423 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1425 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1426 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1427 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (needs_block_p,
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1431 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1432 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1433 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1435 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1436 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1437 instruction.
1438 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1439 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1440 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1441 is being performed. */
1442 DEFHOOK
1443 (gen_spec_check,
1444 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1445 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1446 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1447 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1448 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1449 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1450 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1451 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1452 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1455 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1456 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1457 DEFHOOK
1458 (set_sched_flags,
1459 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1460 enabled/used.\n\
1461 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1462 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1463 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1465 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1466 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1467 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1468 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1470 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1471 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1472 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1473 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (can_speculate_insn,
1477 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1478 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1479 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1480 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1481 should not be speculated.",
1482 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (skip_rtx_p,
1486 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1487 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1488 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1490 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1491 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1492 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1493 to ddg variable. */
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (sms_res_mii,
1496 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1497 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1498 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1499 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1500 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1501 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1502 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1504 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1505 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1506 parameters. */
1507 DEFHOOK
1508 (dispatch_do,
1509 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1510 in its second parameter.",
1511 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1514 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1515 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1516 as the second parameter is true. */
1517 DEFHOOK
1518 (dispatch,
1519 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1520 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1521 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1522 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1524 DEFHOOKPOD
1525 (exposed_pipeline,
1526 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1527 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1528 also the latencies of operations.",
1529 bool, false)
1531 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1532 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1533 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1534 DEFHOOK
1535 (reassociation_width,
1536 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1537 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1538 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1539 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1541 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1542 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1543 DEFHOOK
1544 (fusion_priority,
1545 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1546 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1547 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1549 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1550 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1551 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1552 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1553 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1554 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1556 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1557 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1558 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1559 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1560 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1561 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1562 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1563 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1564 instructions.\n\
1566 Given below example:\n\
1568 @smallexample\n\
1569 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1570 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1571 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1572 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1573 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1574 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1575 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1576 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1577 @end smallexample\n\
1579 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1580 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1581 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1582 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1583 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1585 @smallexample\n\
1586 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1587 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1588 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1589 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1590 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1591 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1592 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1593 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1594 @end smallexample\n\
1596 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1597 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1598 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1600 @smallexample\n\
1601 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1602 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1603 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1604 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1606 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1607 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1609 @end smallexample\n\
1611 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1613 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1614 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1616 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1617 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1618 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1620 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1622 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1623 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1624 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1625 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1627 DEFHOOK
1628 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1629 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1630 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1631 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1632 @var{vecsize_mangle} is a marker for the backend only. @var{vecsize_int} and\n\
1633 @var{vecsize_float} should be left zero on targets where the number of lanes is\n\
1634 not determined by the bitsize (in which case @var{simdlen} is always used).\n\
1635 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1636 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1637 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int, bool), NULL)
1639 DEFHOOK
1640 (adjust,
1641 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1642 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1643 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1645 DEFHOOK
1646 (usable,
1647 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1648 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1649 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1650 to use it.",
1651 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1653 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1655 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1656 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1657 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1658 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1660 DEFHOOK
1661 (vf,
1662 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1663 int, (void), NULL)
1665 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1667 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1668 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1669 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1670 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1672 DEFHOOK
1673 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1674 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1675 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1676 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1677 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1678 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1682 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (validate_dims,
1689 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1690 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1691 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1692 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1693 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1694 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1695 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1696 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1697 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1698 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1699 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1700 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1702 DEFHOOK
1703 (dim_limit,
1704 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1705 or zero if unbounded.",
1706 int, (int axis),
1707 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1709 DEFHOOK
1710 (fork_join,
1711 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1712 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1713 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1714 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1715 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1716 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1717 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1718 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1719 default_goacc_fork_join)
1721 DEFHOOK
1722 (reduction,
1723 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1724 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1725 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1726 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1727 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1728 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1729 void, (gcall *call),
1730 default_goacc_reduction)
1732 DEFHOOK
1733 (adjust_private_decl,
1734 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to adjust\n\
1735 OpenACC variable declarations that should be made private to the given\n\
1736 parallelism level (i.e. @code{GOMP_DIM_GANG}, @code{GOMP_DIM_WORKER} or\n\
1737 @code{GOMP_DIM_VECTOR}). A typical use for this hook is to force variable\n\
1738 declarations at the @code{gang} level to reside in GPU shared memory.\n\
1739 @var{loc} may be used for diagnostic purposes.\n\
1741 You may also use the @code{TARGET_GOACC_EXPAND_VAR_DECL} hook if the\n\
1742 adjusted variable declaration needs to be expanded to RTL in a non-standard\n\
1743 way.",
1744 tree, (location_t loc, tree var, int level),
1745 NULL)
1747 DEFHOOK
1748 (expand_var_decl,
1749 "This hook, if defined, is used by accelerator target back-ends to expand\n\
1750 specially handled kinds of @code{VAR_DECL} expressions. A particular use is\n\
1751 to place variables with specific attributes inside special accelarator\n\
1752 memories. A return value of @code{NULL} indicates that the target does not\n\
1753 handle this @code{VAR_DECL}, and normal RTL expanding is resumed.\n\
1755 Only define this hook if your accelerator target needs to expand certain\n\
1756 @code{VAR_DECL} nodes in a way that differs from the default. You can also adjust\n\
1757 private variables at OpenACC device-lowering time using the\n\
1758 @code{TARGET_GOACC_ADJUST_PRIVATE_DECL} target hook.",
1759 rtx, (tree var),
1760 NULL)
1762 DEFHOOK
1763 (create_worker_broadcast_record,
1764 "Create a record used to propagate local-variable state from an active\n\
1765 worker to other workers. A possible implementation might adjust the type\n\
1766 of REC to place the new variable in shared GPU memory.\n\
1768 Presence of this target hook indicates that middle end neutering/broadcasting\n\
1769 be used.",
1770 tree, (tree rec, bool sender, const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset),
1771 NULL)
1773 DEFHOOK
1774 (shared_mem_layout,
1775 "Lay out a fixed shared-memory region on the target. The LO and HI\n\
1776 arguments should be set to a range of addresses that can be used for worker\n\
1777 broadcasting. The dimensions, reduction size and gang-private size\n\
1778 arguments are for the current offload region.",
1779 void, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT *, int[],
1780 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT[]),
1781 NULL)
1783 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1785 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1786 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1787 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1788 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1790 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1791 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1792 function. */
1793 DEFHOOK
1794 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1795 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1796 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1797 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1798 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1800 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1801 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1802 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1803 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1804 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1805 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1806 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1807 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1808 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1809 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1810 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1812 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1813 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1814 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1815 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1816 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1817 described above.\n\
1818 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1819 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1820 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1821 tree, (void), NULL)
1823 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1824 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1825 DEFHOOK
1826 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1827 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1828 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1829 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1830 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1831 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1832 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1833 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1835 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1836 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1837 DEFHOOK
1838 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1839 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1840 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1841 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1842 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1843 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1844 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1846 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1847 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1848 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1849 DEFHOOK
1850 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1851 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1852 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1853 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1854 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1855 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1857 DEFHOOK
1858 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1859 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1860 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1861 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1862 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1863 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1864 for alignment.\n\
1866 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1867 correct for most targets.",
1868 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1869 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1871 /* Returns whether the target has a preference for decomposing divisions using
1872 shifts rather than multiplies. */
1873 DEFHOOK
1874 (preferred_div_as_shifts_over_mult,
1875 "Sometimes it is possible to implement a vector division using a sequence\n\
1876 of two addition-shift pairs, giving four instructions in total.\n\
1877 Return true if taking this approach for @var{vectype} is likely\n\
1878 to be better than using a sequence involving highpart multiplication.\n\
1879 Default is false if @code{can_mult_highpart_p}, otherwise true.",
1880 bool, (const_tree type),
1881 default_preferred_div_as_shifts_over_mult)
1883 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1884 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1885 DEFHOOK
1886 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1887 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations)\n\
1888 for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar\n\
1889 access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1890 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1891 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1893 DEFHOOK
1894 (vec_perm_const,
1895 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1896 vectors of mode @var{op_mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel},\n\
1897 producing a vector of mode @var{mode}. The hook is also used to emit such\n\
1898 a permutation.\n\
1900 When the hook is being used to test whether the target supports a permutation,\n\
1901 @var{in0}, @var{in1}, and @var{out} are all null. When the hook is being used\n\
1902 to emit a permutation, @var{in0} and @var{in1} are the source vectors of mode\n\
1903 @var{op_mode} and @var{out} is the destination vector of mode @var{mode}.\n\
1904 @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if @var{sel} describes a permutation on one\n\
1905 vector instead of two.\n\
1907 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1908 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1910 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1911 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1912 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1913 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1914 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1915 implementation approaches itself.",
1916 bool, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode op_mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1917 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1918 NULL)
1920 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1921 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1922 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1923 DEFHOOK
1924 (support_vector_misalignment,
1925 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1926 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1927 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1928 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1929 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1930 bool,
1931 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1932 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1934 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1935 scalar mode. */
1936 DEFHOOK
1937 (preferred_simd_mode,
1938 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1939 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1940 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1941 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1942 machine_mode,
1943 (scalar_mode mode),
1944 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1946 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1947 DEFHOOK
1948 (split_reduction,
1949 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1950 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1951 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1952 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1953 machine_mode,
1954 (machine_mode),
1955 default_split_reduction)
1957 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1958 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1959 DEFHOOK
1960 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1961 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1962 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1963 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1964 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1965 for a given element mode.\n\
1967 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1968 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1969 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1970 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1971 element mode.\n\
1973 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1974 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1976 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1977 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1978 @table @code\n\
1979 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1980 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1981 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1982 mode that works.\n\
1983 @end table\n\
1985 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1986 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1987 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1988 returns 0.",
1989 unsigned int,
1990 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1991 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1993 DEFHOOK
1994 (related_mode,
1995 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1996 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1997 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1998 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1999 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
2000 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
2001 required properties.\n\
2003 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
2004 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
2005 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
2006 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
2007 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
2008 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
2009 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
2010 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
2011 vector sizes.\n\
2013 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
2014 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
2015 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
2016 opt_machine_mode,
2017 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
2018 default_vectorize_related_mode)
2020 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
2021 DEFHOOK
2022 (get_mask_mode,
2023 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
2024 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
2025 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
2026 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
2027 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
2028 mask mode exists.\n\
2030 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
2031 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
2032 opt_machine_mode,
2033 (machine_mode mode),
2034 default_get_mask_mode)
2036 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
2037 mask is all zeros. */
2038 DEFHOOK
2039 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
2040 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
2041 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
2042 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
2043 bool,
2044 (unsigned ifn),
2045 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
2047 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
2048 DEFHOOK
2049 (builtin_gather,
2050 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
2051 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2052 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2053 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2054 loads.",
2055 tree,
2056 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2057 NULL)
2059 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
2060 DEFHOOK
2061 (builtin_scatter,
2062 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
2063 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2064 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2065 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2066 stores.",
2067 tree,
2068 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
2069 NULL)
2071 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
2072 DEFHOOK
2073 (create_costs,
2074 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation\n\
2075 for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default\n\
2076 allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue,\n\
2077 body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is\n\
2078 non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block\n\
2079 is being vectorized. If @var{costing_for_scalar} is true, it indicates the\n\
2080 current cost model is for the scalar version of a loop or block; otherwise\n\
2081 it is for the vector version.",
2082 class vector_costs *,
2083 (vec_info *vinfo, bool costing_for_scalar),
2084 default_vectorize_create_costs)
2086 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2088 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2089 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2091 DEFHOOK
2092 (preferred_else_value,
2093 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2094 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2095 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2096 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2097 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2099 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2100 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2101 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2103 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2104 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2105 constant of type @var{type}.",
2106 tree,
2107 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2108 default_preferred_else_value)
2110 DEFHOOK
2111 (record_offload_symbol,
2112 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2113 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2114 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2115 void, (tree),
2116 hook_void_tree)
2118 DEFHOOKPOD
2119 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2120 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2121 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2122 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2123 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2125 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2126 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2127 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2128 DEFHOOK
2129 (override_options_after_change,
2130 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2131 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2132 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2133 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2134 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2135 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2136 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2137 void, (void),
2138 hook_void_void)
2140 DEFHOOK
2141 (offload_options,
2142 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2143 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2144 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2145 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2146 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2147 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2149 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2150 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2151 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2152 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2153 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2155 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2156 DEFHOOK
2157 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2158 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2159 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2160 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2161 targets.",
2162 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2163 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2165 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2166 DEFHOOK
2167 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2168 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2169 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2170 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2171 targets.",
2172 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2173 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2175 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2176 DEFHOOK
2177 (unwind_word_mode,
2178 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2179 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2180 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2181 default_unwind_word_mode)
2183 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2184 DEFHOOK
2185 (merge_decl_attributes,
2186 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2187 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2188 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2189 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2190 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2191 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2192 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2194 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2195 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2196 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2197 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2198 will then define a function called\n\
2199 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2200 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2201 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2202 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2203 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2204 @file{i386/i386.cc}, for example.",
2205 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2206 merge_decl_attributes)
2208 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2209 DEFHOOK
2210 (merge_type_attributes,
2211 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2212 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2213 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2214 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2215 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2216 merging.",
2217 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2218 merge_type_attributes)
2220 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2221 Ignored if NULL. */
2222 DEFHOOKPOD
2223 (attribute_table,
2224 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2225 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2226 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2227 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2228 take.",
2229 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2231 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2232 argument. */
2233 DEFHOOK
2234 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2235 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2236 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2237 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2238 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2239 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2240 bool, (const_tree name),
2241 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2243 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2244 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2245 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2246 DEFHOOK
2247 (comp_type_attributes,
2248 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2249 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2250 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2251 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2252 supposed always to be compatible.",
2253 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2254 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2256 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2257 DEFHOOK
2258 (set_default_type_attributes,
2259 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2260 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2261 void, (tree type),
2262 hook_void_tree)
2264 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2265 DEFHOOK
2266 (insert_attributes,
2267 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2268 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2269 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2270 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2271 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2272 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2273 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2274 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2275 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2276 needed.",
2277 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2278 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2280 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2281 DEFHOOK
2282 (handle_generic_attribute,
2283 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2284 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2285 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2286 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2287 @var{section} attribute.",
2288 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2289 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2291 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2292 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2293 DEFHOOK
2294 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2295 "@cindex inlining\n\
2296 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2297 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2298 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2299 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2300 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2301 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2303 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2304 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2305 DEFHOOK
2306 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2307 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2308 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2309 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2310 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2311 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2312 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2313 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2314 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2315 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2316 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2317 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2319 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2320 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2321 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2322 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2323 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2324 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2325 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2327 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2328 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2329 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2330 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2331 may affect its placement.",
2332 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2333 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2335 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2336 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2337 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2338 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2339 (words_big_endian,
2341 bool, (void),
2342 targhook_words_big_endian)
2344 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2345 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2346 (float_words_big_endian,
2348 bool, (void),
2349 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2351 DEFHOOK
2352 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2353 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\n\
2354 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\n\
2355 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\n\
2356 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\n\
2357 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\n\
2358 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\n\
2359 does not.",
2360 bool, (void),
2361 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2363 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2364 DEFHOOK
2365 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2366 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2367 bool, (void),
2368 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2370 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2371 DEFHOOK
2372 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2373 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2374 bool, (void),
2375 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2377 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2378 DEFHOOK
2379 (align_anon_bitfield,
2380 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2381 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2382 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2383 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2384 bool, (void),
2385 hook_bool_void_false)
2387 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2388 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2389 DEFHOOK
2390 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2391 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2392 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2393 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2395 The default is @code{false}.",
2396 bool, (void),
2397 hook_bool_void_false)
2399 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2400 DEFHOOK
2401 (init_builtins,
2402 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2403 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2404 necessary setup.\n\
2406 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2407 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2408 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2409 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2411 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2412 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2413 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2414 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2415 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2416 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2417 void, (void),
2418 hook_void_void)
2420 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2421 built-in function decl for CODE.
2422 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2423 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2424 DEFHOOK
2425 (builtin_decl,
2426 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2427 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2428 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2429 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2430 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2431 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2432 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2433 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2435 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2436 DEFHOOK
2437 (expand_builtin,
2438 "\n\
2439 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2440 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2441 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2442 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2443 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2444 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2445 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2446 built-in function.",
2447 rtx,
2448 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2449 default_expand_builtin)
2451 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2452 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2453 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2454 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2455 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2456 DEFHOOK
2457 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2458 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2459 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2460 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2461 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2462 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2463 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2464 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2465 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2466 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2467 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2469 DEFHOOK
2470 (check_builtin_call,
2471 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2472 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2473 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2474 and return false.\n\
2476 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2477 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2478 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2479 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2480 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2481 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2482 of each argument.",
2483 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2484 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2485 NULL)
2487 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2488 and GENERIC. */
2489 DEFHOOK
2490 (fold_builtin,
2491 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2492 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2493 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2494 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2495 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2496 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2497 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2498 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2499 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2501 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2502 DEFHOOK
2503 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2504 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2505 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2506 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2507 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2508 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2509 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2511 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2512 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2513 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2514 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2515 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2516 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2517 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2518 and 0 if they are the same. */
2519 DEFHOOK
2520 (compare_version_priority,
2521 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2522 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2523 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2524 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2525 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2526 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2527 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2529 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2530 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2531 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2532 must be generated. */
2533 DEFHOOK
2534 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2535 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2536 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2537 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2538 body must be generated.",
2539 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2541 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2542 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2543 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2544 identical versions. */
2545 DEFHOOK
2546 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2547 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2548 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2549 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2550 identical versions.",
2551 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2553 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2554 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2555 DEFHOOK
2556 (builtin_reciprocal,
2557 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2558 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2559 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2560 tree, (tree fndecl),
2561 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2563 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2564 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2565 NULL. */
2566 DEFHOOK
2567 (mangle_type,
2568 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2569 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2570 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2571 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2572 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2573 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2574 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2575 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2576 string constant.\n\
2578 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2579 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2580 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2581 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2582 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2583 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2584 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2585 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2586 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2587 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.cc} for the list of\n\
2588 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2589 spaces in your string.\n\
2591 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2592 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2593 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2594 before mangling.\n\
2596 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2597 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2598 types.",
2599 const char *, (const_tree type),
2600 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2602 /* Temporarily add conditional target specific types for the purpose of
2603 emitting C++ fundamental type tinfos. */
2604 DEFHOOK
2605 (emit_support_tinfos,
2606 "If your target defines any fundamental types which depend on ISA flags,\n\
2607 they might need C++ tinfo symbols in libsupc++/libstdc++ regardless of\n\
2608 ISA flags the library is compiled with.\n\
2609 This hook allows creating tinfo symbols even for those cases, by temporarily\n\
2610 creating each corresponding fundamental type trees, calling the\n\
2611 @var{callback} function on it and setting the type back to @code{nullptr}.",
2612 void, (emit_support_tinfos_callback callback),
2613 default_emit_support_tinfos)
2615 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2616 DEFHOOK
2617 (init_libfuncs,
2618 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2619 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2620 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.cc}.\n\
2621 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2622 library routines.\n\
2624 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2625 void, (void),
2626 hook_void_void)
2628 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2629 DEFHOOKPOD
2630 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2631 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2632 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2633 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2634 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2635 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2636 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2637 bool, false)
2639 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2640 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2641 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2642 DEFHOOK
2643 (section_type_flags,
2644 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2645 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2646 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2647 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2649 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2650 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2651 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2652 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2653 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2654 default_section_type_flags)
2656 DEFHOOK
2657 (libc_has_function,
2658 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2659 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2660 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2661 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2662 specific type.",
2663 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2664 default_libc_has_function)
2666 DEFHOOK
2667 (libc_has_fast_function,
2668 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2669 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2670 bool, (int fcode),
2671 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2673 DEFHOOK
2674 (libm_function_max_error,
2675 "This hook determines expected maximum errors for math functions measured\n\
2676 in ulps (units of the last place). 0 means 0.5ulps precision (correctly\n\
2677 rounded). ~0U means unknown errors. The @code{combined_fn} @var{cfn}\n\
2678 argument should identify just which math built-in function it is rather than\n\
2679 its variant, @var{mode} the variant in terms of floating-point machine mode.\n\
2680 The hook should also take into account @code{flag_rounding_math} whether it\n\
2681 is maximum error just in default rounding mode, or in all possible rounding\n\
2682 modes. @var{boundary_p} is @code{true} for maximum errors on intrinsic math\n\
2683 boundaries of functions rather than errors inside of the usual result ranges\n\
2684 of the functions. E.g.@ the sin/cos function finite result is in between\n\
2685 -1.0 and 1.0 inclusive, with @var{boundary_p} true the function returns how\n\
2686 many ulps below or above those boundaries result could be.",
2687 unsigned, (unsigned cfn, machine_mode mode, bool boundary_p),
2688 default_libm_function_max_error)
2690 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2691 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2692 DEFHOOK
2693 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2694 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2695 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2696 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2697 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2699 @smallexample\n\
2700 static bool\n\
2701 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2702 @{\n\
2703 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2704 @}\n\
2705 @end smallexample",
2706 bool, (void),
2707 hook_bool_void_false)
2709 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2710 DEFHOOK
2711 (can_follow_jump,
2712 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\n\
2713 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\n\
2714 false, if it can't.\n\
2715 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\n\
2716 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2717 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2718 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2720 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2721 DEFHOOK
2722 (have_conditional_execution,
2723 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2724 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2725 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2726 bool, (void),
2727 default_have_conditional_execution)
2729 DEFHOOK
2730 (gen_ccmp_first,
2731 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2732 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2733 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2734 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2735 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2736 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2737 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2738 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx_code code, tree op0, tree op1),
2739 NULL)
2741 DEFHOOK
2742 (gen_ccmp_next,
2743 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2744 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2745 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2746 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2747 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2748 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2749 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2750 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2751 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2752 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2753 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2754 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2755 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, rtx_code cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, rtx_code bit_code),
2756 NULL)
2758 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2759 DEFHOOK
2760 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2761 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2762 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2763 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2764 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2765 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2766 number of memory accesses.",
2767 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2768 NULL)
2770 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2771 DEFHOOK
2772 (legitimate_constant_p,
2773 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2774 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2775 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2777 The default definition returns true.",
2778 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2779 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2781 /* True if X is a TLS operand whose value should be pre-computed. */
2782 DEFHOOK
2783 (precompute_tls_p,
2784 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a TLS operand on the target\n\
2785 machine that should be pre-computed when used as the argument in a call.\n\
2786 You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not \n\
2787 check this.\n\
2789 The default definition returns false.",
2790 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2791 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2793 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2794 DEFHOOK
2795 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2796 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2797 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2798 of @var{x}.\n\
2800 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2802 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2803 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2804 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2805 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2806 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2807 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2808 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2810 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2811 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2812 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2813 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2815 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2816 DEFHOOK
2817 (commutative_p,
2818 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2819 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2820 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2821 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2822 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2823 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2825 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2826 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2827 DEFHOOK
2828 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2829 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2830 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2831 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2832 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2833 but not others.\n\
2835 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2836 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2837 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2838 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2840 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2842 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2843 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2844 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2846 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2847 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2848 DEFHOOK
2849 (legitimize_address,
2850 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2851 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2852 address.\n\
2854 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2855 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2856 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2857 @var{x}.\n\
2859 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2860 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2861 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2863 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2864 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2865 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2866 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2867 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2868 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2869 strategy can generate better code.",
2870 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2871 default_legitimize_address)
2873 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2874 DEFHOOK
2875 (delegitimize_address,
2876 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2877 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2878 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2879 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2880 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2881 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2882 into their original form.",
2883 rtx, (rtx x),
2884 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2886 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2887 section. */
2888 DEFHOOK
2889 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2890 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2891 debug sections.",
2892 bool, (rtx x),
2893 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2895 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2896 DEFHOOK
2897 (legitimate_address_p,
2898 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2899 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2900 If @var{ch} is not @code{ERROR_MARK}, it can be called from middle-end to\n\
2901 determine if it is valid to use @var{x} as a memory operand for RTX insn\n\
2902 which is generated for the given code_helper @var{ch}. For example,\n\
2903 assuming the given @var{ch} is IFN_LEN_LOAD, on some target its underlying\n\
2904 hardware instructions support fewer addressing modes than what are for the\n\
2905 normal vector load and store, then with this @var{ch} target can know the\n\
2906 actual use context and return more exact result.\n\
2908 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2909 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2910 desired by the caller.\n\
2912 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2913 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2914 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2915 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2916 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2917 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2918 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2919 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2921 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2922 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2923 register is required.\n\
2925 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2926 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2927 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2928 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2929 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2931 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2932 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2933 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2934 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2935 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2937 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2938 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2939 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2940 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2941 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2942 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2943 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2944 Format}.\n\
2946 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2947 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2948 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2949 has this syntax:\n\
2951 @example\n\
2952 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2953 @end example\n\
2955 @noindent\n\
2956 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2957 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2959 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2960 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2961 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2962 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2963 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2965 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2966 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2967 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict, code_helper ch),
2968 default_legitimate_address_p)
2970 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2971 DEFHOOK
2972 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2973 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2974 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2975 of @var{x}.\n\
2977 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2978 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2979 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2981 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2982 DEFHOOK
2983 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2984 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2985 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2987 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2988 bool, (const_tree decl),
2989 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2991 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2992 DEFHOOKPOD
2993 (min_anchor_offset,
2994 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2995 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2996 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2997 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2998 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
3000 DEFHOOKPOD
3001 (max_anchor_offset,
3002 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
3003 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
3004 value is 0.",
3005 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
3007 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
3008 DEFHOOK
3009 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
3010 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
3011 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
3012 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
3014 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
3015 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
3016 or target-specific sections.",
3017 bool, (const_rtx x),
3018 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
3020 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
3021 DEFHOOK
3022 (has_ifunc_p,
3023 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
3024 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
3025 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
3026 bool, (void),
3027 default_has_ifunc_p)
3029 /* True if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers locally. */
3030 DEFHOOK
3031 (ifunc_ref_local_ok,
3032 "Return true if it is OK to reference indirect function resolvers\n\
3033 locally. The default is to return false.",
3034 bool, (void),
3035 hook_bool_void_false)
3037 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
3038 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
3039 this is an indirect call. */
3040 DEFHOOK
3041 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
3042 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
3043 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
3044 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
3046 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
3047 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
3048 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
3049 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
3050 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
3051 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
3052 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
3053 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3055 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3056 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3057 level, outside of any function scope. */
3058 DEFHOOK
3059 (set_current_function,
3060 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3061 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3062 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3063 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3064 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3065 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3066 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3067 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3068 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3070 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3071 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3072 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3073 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3074 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3075 outside of any function scope.",
3076 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3078 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3079 DEFHOOK
3080 (in_small_data_p,
3081 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3082 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3083 bool, (const_tree exp),
3084 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3086 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3087 to the current executable or shared library. */
3088 DEFHOOK
3089 (binds_local_p,
3090 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3091 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3092 or executable image).\n\
3094 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3095 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3096 currently supported object file formats.",
3097 bool, (const_tree exp),
3098 default_binds_local_p)
3100 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3101 DEFHOOK
3102 (profile_before_prologue,
3103 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3104 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3105 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3106 bool, (void),
3107 default_profile_before_prologue)
3109 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3110 enabled. */
3111 DEFHOOK
3112 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3113 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\n\
3114 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\n\
3115 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\n\
3116 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\n\
3117 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3118 bool, (void),
3119 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3121 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3122 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3123 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3124 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3125 DEFHOOK
3126 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3127 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3128 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3129 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3130 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3131 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3132 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3133 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3134 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3135 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3137 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3138 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3139 DEFHOOK
3140 (encode_section_info,
3141 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3142 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3143 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3145 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3146 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3147 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3148 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3149 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3151 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3152 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3153 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3154 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3155 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3156 leave it alone.)\n\
3158 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3159 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3160 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3161 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3162 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3163 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3165 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3166 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3167 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3168 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3169 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3170 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3172 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3173 in @file{varasm.cc}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3174 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3175 before overriding it.",
3176 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3177 default_encode_section_info)
3179 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3180 DEFHOOK
3181 (strip_name_encoding,
3182 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3183 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3184 may have added.",
3185 const char *, (const char *name),
3186 default_strip_name_encoding)
3188 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3189 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3190 DEFHOOK
3191 (shift_truncation_mask,
3192 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3193 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3194 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3196 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3197 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3198 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3199 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3200 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3201 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3203 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3204 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3205 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3207 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3208 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3209 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3210 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3211 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3212 by overriding it.",
3213 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3214 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3216 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3217 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3218 the reciprocal. */
3219 DEFHOOK
3220 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3221 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3222 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3223 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3224 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3225 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3226 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3227 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3228 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3230 DEFHOOK
3231 (truly_noop_truncation,
3232 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3233 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3234 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3235 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3236 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3237 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3238 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3240 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3241 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3242 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3243 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3244 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3246 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3247 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3248 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3249 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3250 necessarily defined at this point. */
3251 DEFHOOK
3252 (mode_rep_extended,
3253 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3254 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3255 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3256 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3257 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3258 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3259 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3260 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3261 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3262 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3264 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3265 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3266 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3267 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3269 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3270 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3271 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3272 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3273 extension.\n\
3275 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3276 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3277 @code{mode}.",
3278 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3279 default_mode_rep_extended)
3281 DEFHOOK
3282 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3283 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3284 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3285 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3287 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3288 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3289 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3290 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3291 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3292 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3293 bool, (void),
3294 hook_bool_void_false)
3296 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3297 DEFHOOK
3298 (valid_pointer_mode,
3299 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3300 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3301 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3302 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3303 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3305 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3306 DEFHOOK
3307 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3308 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\n\
3309 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\n\
3310 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\n\
3311 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\n\
3312 a pointer to int.",
3313 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3314 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3316 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3317 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3318 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3319 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3321 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3322 DEFHOOK
3323 (pointer_mode,
3324 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3325 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3326 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3327 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3328 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3330 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3331 DEFHOOK
3332 (address_mode,
3333 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3334 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3335 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3336 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3337 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3339 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3340 in another address space. */
3341 DEFHOOK
3342 (valid_pointer_mode,
3343 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3344 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3345 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3346 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3347 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3348 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3349 target hooks for the given address space.",
3350 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3351 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3353 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3354 space for a given mode. */
3355 DEFHOOK
3356 (legitimate_address_p,
3357 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3358 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as} with the use context\n\
3359 @var{ch}. The @var{strict} parameter says whether strict addressing\n\
3360 is in effect after reload has finished. The @var{ch} indicates what\n\
3361 context @var{exp} will be used for. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3362 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3363 explicit named address space support.",
3364 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as, code_helper ch),
3365 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3367 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3368 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3369 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3370 DEFHOOK
3371 (legitimize_address,
3372 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3373 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3374 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3375 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3376 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3377 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3379 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3380 DEFHOOK
3381 (subset_p,
3382 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3383 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3384 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3385 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3386 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3387 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3388 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3389 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3391 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3392 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3393 DEFHOOK
3394 (zero_address_valid,
3395 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3396 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3397 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3398 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3400 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3401 DEFHOOK
3402 (convert,
3403 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3404 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3405 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3406 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3407 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3408 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3409 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3410 default_addr_space_convert)
3412 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3413 DEFHOOK
3414 (debug,
3415 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3416 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3417 int, (addr_space_t as),
3418 default_addr_space_debug)
3420 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3421 DEFHOOK
3422 (diagnose_usage,
3423 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3424 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3425 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3426 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3427 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3428 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3429 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3430 The default implementation does nothing.",
3431 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3432 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3434 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3436 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3437 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3439 DEFHOOK
3440 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3441 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3442 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3443 void, (tree decl),
3444 hook_void_tree)
3446 DEFHOOK
3447 (static_rtx_alignment,
3448 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3449 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3450 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3451 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3452 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3453 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3455 DEFHOOK
3456 (constant_alignment,
3457 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3458 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3459 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3461 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3463 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3464 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3465 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3466 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3467 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3468 default_constant_alignment)
3470 DEFHOOK
3471 (translate_mode_attribute,
3472 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3473 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3474 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3476 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3477 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3478 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3480 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3481 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3482 the arithmetic is supported. */
3483 DEFHOOK
3484 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3485 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3486 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3487 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3488 must work.\n\
3490 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3491 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3492 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3493 code in @file{optabs.cc}.",
3494 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3495 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3497 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3498 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3499 for further details. */
3500 DEFHOOK
3501 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3502 "Define this to return nonzero if the current target is prepared to handle\n\
3503 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3504 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3505 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3506 hook_bool_mode_false)
3508 DEFHOOK
3509 (vector_mode_supported_any_target_p,
3510 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3511 insns involving vector mode @var{mode} in any target configuration.\n\
3512 Returning @var{true} means that the mode can be used as the @samp{TYPE_MODE}\n\
3513 for vector types.\n\
3515 The default version of this hook returns true. The final mode assigned to\n\
3516 @samp{TYPE_MODE} will also be checked against\n\
3517 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} to take target configuration into\n\
3518 account.",
3519 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3520 hook_bool_mode_true)
3522 DEFHOOK
3523 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3524 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3525 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3526 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3527 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3528 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3530 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3531 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3532 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3533 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3534 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3535 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3536 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3537 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3538 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3539 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3541 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3542 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3543 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3545 DEFHOOK
3546 (vector_alignment,
3547 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3548 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3549 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3550 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3551 the vector element type.",
3552 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3553 default_vector_alignment)
3555 DEFHOOK
3556 (array_mode,
3557 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3558 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3559 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3560 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3561 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3562 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3563 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3564 used in specific cases.\n\
3566 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3567 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3568 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3569 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3571 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3572 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3573 DEFHOOK
3574 (array_mode_supported_p,
3575 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3576 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3577 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3578 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3580 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3581 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3582 has operations like:\n\
3584 @smallexample\n\
3585 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3586 @end smallexample\n\
3588 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3590 @smallexample\n\
3591 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3592 @{\n\
3593 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3594 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3595 @end smallexample\n\
3597 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3598 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3599 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3600 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3601 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3603 DEFHOOK
3604 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3605 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3606 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3607 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3608 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3609 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3610 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3611 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3613 DEFHOOK
3614 (floatn_mode,
3615 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3616 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3617 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3618 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3619 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3620 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3621 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3622 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3623 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3624 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3625 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3626 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3627 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3628 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3629 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3630 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3631 default_floatn_mode)
3633 DEFHOOK
3634 (floatn_builtin_p,
3635 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3636 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3637 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3638 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3639 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3640 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3641 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3642 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3643 bool, (int func),
3644 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3646 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3647 TO, using MODE. */
3648 DEFHOOK
3649 (register_move_cost,
3650 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3651 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3652 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3653 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3654 that.\n\
3656 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3657 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3658 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3660 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3661 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3662 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3663 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3664 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3665 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3667 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3668 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3669 default_register_move_cost)
3671 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3672 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3673 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3674 DEFHOOK
3675 (memory_move_cost,
3676 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3677 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3678 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3679 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3680 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3681 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3683 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3684 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3685 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3686 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3687 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3688 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3690 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3691 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3692 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3693 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3694 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3695 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3696 are the same as to this target hook.",
3697 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3698 default_memory_move_cost)
3700 DEFHOOK
3701 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3702 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3703 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3704 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3705 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3706 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3707 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3708 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3710 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3711 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3712 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3713 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3714 units.\n\
3716 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3717 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3718 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3719 under consideration.\n\
3721 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3722 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3724 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3725 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3726 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3727 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3728 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3729 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3731 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3732 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3733 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3734 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3735 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3736 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3738 DEFHOOK
3739 (overlap_op_by_pieces_p,
3740 "This target hook should return true if when the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3741 infrastructure is used, an offset adjusted unaligned memory operation\n\
3742 in the smallest integer mode for the last piece operation of a memory\n\
3743 region can be generated to avoid doing more than one smaller operations.",
3744 bool, (void),
3745 hook_bool_void_false)
3747 DEFHOOK
3748 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3749 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3750 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3751 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3752 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3753 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3754 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3755 negative number from this hook.",
3756 int, (machine_mode mode),
3757 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3759 DEFHOOK
3760 (slow_unaligned_access,
3761 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3762 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3763 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3764 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3765 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3767 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3768 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3769 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3770 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3771 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3773 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3774 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3775 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3776 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3778 DEFHOOK
3779 (optab_supported_p,
3780 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3781 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3782 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3783 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3784 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3786 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3787 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3788 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3790 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3791 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3792 optimization_type opt_type),
3793 default_optab_supported_p)
3795 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3796 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3797 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3798 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3799 DEFHOOK
3800 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3801 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3802 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3803 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3804 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3805 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3806 for any mode.\n\
3808 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3809 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3810 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3811 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3812 insn.\n\
3814 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3815 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3816 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3817 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3818 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3819 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3820 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3821 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3822 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3824 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3825 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3826 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3827 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3828 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3829 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3830 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3831 hook_bool_mode_false)
3833 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3834 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3835 DEFHOOKPOD
3836 (flags_regnum,
3837 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3838 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3839 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3840 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3842 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3843 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3844 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3845 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3846 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3847 DEFHOOK
3848 (rtx_costs,
3849 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3851 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3852 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3853 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3854 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3855 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3856 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3857 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3859 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3860 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3862 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3863 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3864 instructions.\n\
3866 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3867 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3868 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3869 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3870 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3872 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3873 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3874 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3876 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3877 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3878 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3879 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3881 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3882 invalid addresses. */
3883 DEFHOOK
3884 (address_cost,
3885 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3886 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3887 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3889 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3890 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3891 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3892 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3894 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3895 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3896 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3898 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3899 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3900 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3901 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3902 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3903 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3904 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3905 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3907 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3909 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3910 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3911 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3912 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3913 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3914 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3915 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3916 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3917 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3918 default_address_cost)
3920 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3921 DEFHOOK
3922 (insn_cost,
3923 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3925 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3926 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3927 instructions.\n\
3929 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3930 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3931 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3932 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3934 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3935 well defined units. */
3936 DEFHOOK
3937 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3938 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3939 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3940 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3941 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3942 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3943 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3944 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3945 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3946 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3948 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3949 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3950 were true.\n\
3952 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3953 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3954 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3955 unsigned int, (edge e),
3956 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3958 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3959 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3960 DEFHOOK
3961 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3962 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3963 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3964 @code{if_info}.",
3965 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3966 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3968 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3969 memref in insn. */
3970 DEFHOOK
3971 (new_address_profitable_p,
3972 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3973 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3974 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3975 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3976 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3977 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3979 DEFHOOK
3980 (estimated_poly_value,
3981 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3982 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\
3983 to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
3984 the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
3985 @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\
3986 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3987 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3988 default_estimated_poly_value)
3990 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3991 scheduling. */
3992 DEFHOOK
3993 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3994 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3995 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3996 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3997 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3998 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3999 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
4000 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.",
4001 bool, (void),
4002 hook_bool_void_false)
4004 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
4005 DEFHOOK
4006 (allocate_initial_value,
4007 "\n\
4008 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
4009 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
4010 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
4011 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
4012 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
4013 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
4014 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
4015 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
4016 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
4017 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
4018 @code{MEM}.\n\
4019 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
4020 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
4021 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
4022 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
4023 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
4024 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
4025 allocation.",
4026 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
4028 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
4029 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.cc: may_trap_p_1. */
4030 DEFHOOK
4031 (unspec_may_trap_p,
4032 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
4033 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
4034 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
4035 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
4036 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
4037 passed along.",
4038 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
4039 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
4041 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
4042 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
4043 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
4044 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
4045 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
4046 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
4047 DEFHOOK
4048 (dwarf_register_span,
4049 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
4050 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
4051 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
4052 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
4053 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
4054 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
4055 rtx, (rtx reg),
4056 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
4058 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
4059 register. */
4060 DEFHOOK
4061 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
4062 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
4063 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
4064 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
4065 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
4066 machine_mode, (int regno),
4067 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
4069 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
4070 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
4071 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
4072 code, given the address of the table. */
4073 DEFHOOK
4074 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
4075 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
4076 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
4077 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
4078 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
4079 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
4080 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
4081 void, (tree address),
4082 hook_void_tree)
4084 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
4085 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
4086 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
4087 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
4088 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
4089 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
4090 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
4091 DEFHOOK
4092 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
4093 "On targets which use a hard\n\
4094 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
4095 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
4096 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
4097 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
4098 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
4099 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
4100 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
4101 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
4102 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
4104 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4105 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4106 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4108 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4109 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4110 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4111 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4112 VOIDmode. */
4113 DEFHOOK
4114 (cc_modes_compatible,
4115 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
4116 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
4117 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
4118 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
4119 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
4120 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
4122 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
4123 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
4124 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
4125 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4126 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4128 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4129 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4130 DEFHOOK
4131 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4132 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4133 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4134 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4136 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4137 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4138 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4139 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4141 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4142 definition is null.",
4143 void, (void), NULL)
4145 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4146 DEFHOOK
4147 (build_builtin_va_list,
4148 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4149 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4150 tree, (void),
4151 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4153 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4154 DEFHOOK
4155 (enum_va_list_p,
4156 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4157 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4158 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4159 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4160 variable.\n\
4161 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4162 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4163 internal type.\n\
4164 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4165 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4166 macro to iterate through all types.",
4167 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4168 NULL)
4170 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4171 DEFHOOK
4172 (fn_abi_va_list,
4173 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4174 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4175 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4176 tree, (tree fndecl),
4177 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4179 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4180 DEFHOOK
4181 (canonical_va_list_type,
4182 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4183 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4184 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4185 tree, (tree type),
4186 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4188 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4189 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4190 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4191 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4192 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4194 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4195 DEFHOOK
4196 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4197 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4198 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4199 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4200 @code{gimplify.cc:gimplify_expr}.",
4201 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4202 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4204 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4205 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4206 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4207 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4208 or an error message if not. */
4209 DEFHOOK
4210 (get_pch_validity,
4211 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4212 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4213 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4214 void *, (size_t *sz),
4215 default_get_pch_validity)
4217 DEFHOOK
4218 (pch_valid_p,
4219 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4220 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4221 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4222 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4224 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4225 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4226 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4227 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4229 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4230 suitable for most targets.",
4231 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4232 default_pch_valid_p)
4234 DEFHOOK
4235 (prepare_pch_save,
4236 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4237 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4238 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4239 to do anything here.",
4240 void, (void),
4241 hook_void_void)
4243 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4244 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4245 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4246 DEFHOOK
4247 (check_pch_target_flags,
4248 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4249 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4250 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4251 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4252 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4253 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4255 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4256 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4257 that type. */
4258 DEFHOOK
4259 (default_short_enums,
4260 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4261 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4262 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4263 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4265 The default is to return false.",
4266 bool, (void),
4267 hook_bool_void_false)
4269 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4270 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4271 DEFHOOK
4272 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4273 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4274 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4275 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4276 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4277 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4278 rtx, (void),
4279 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4281 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4282 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4283 DEFHOOK
4284 (md_asm_adjust,
4285 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4286 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4287 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4288 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm. @var{loc}\n\
4289 is the source location of the asm.\n\
4291 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, @var{input_modes}, and\n\
4292 @var{constraints} as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the\n\
4293 return value is a sequence of insns to emit after the asm. Note that\n\
4294 changes to @var{inputs} must be accompanied by the corresponding changes\n\
4295 to @var{input_modes}.",
4296 rtx_insn *,
4297 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<machine_mode>& input_modes,
4298 vec<const char *>& constraints, vec<rtx>& clobbers,
4299 HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs, location_t loc),
4300 NULL)
4302 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4303 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4304 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4305 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4306 the function is being declared as an int. */
4307 DEFHOOK
4308 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4309 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4310 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4311 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4312 int, (const_tree function),
4313 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4315 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4316 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4317 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4318 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4320 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4321 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4322 DEFHOOK
4323 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4324 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4325 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4326 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4327 @smallexample\n\
4328 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4329 @end smallexample\n\
4330 and\n\
4331 @smallexample\n\
4332 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4333 @end smallexample\n\
4334 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4335 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4336 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4337 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4339 DEFHOOK
4340 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4341 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4342 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4343 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4344 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4345 @smallexample\n\
4346 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4347 @end smallexample\n\
4349 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4350 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4351 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4352 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4354 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4355 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4356 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4357 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4358 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4359 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4360 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4362 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4363 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4364 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4365 DEFHOOK
4366 (stack_protect_guard,
4367 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4368 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4369 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4370 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4371 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4373 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4374 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4375 tree, (void),
4376 default_stack_protect_guard)
4378 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4379 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4380 DEFHOOK
4381 (stack_protect_fail,
4382 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4383 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4384 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4386 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4387 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4388 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4389 tree, (void),
4390 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4392 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4393 protector runtime support. */
4394 DEFHOOK
4395 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4396 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\n\
4397 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4398 bool, (void),
4399 hook_bool_void_true)
4401 DEFHOOK
4402 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4403 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4404 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4405 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4406 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4407 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4409 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4410 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4411 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4412 compilation for the second case.\n\
4414 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4415 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4416 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4417 along with your other target hooks.",
4418 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4420 DEFHOOK
4421 (speculation_safe_value,
4422 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4423 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4424 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4425 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4426 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4427 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4428 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4429 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4430 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4431 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4432 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4433 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4435 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4436 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4437 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4438 default_speculation_safe_value)
4440 DEFHOOK
4441 (predict_doloop_p,
4442 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4443 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4444 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4445 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4446 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4447 bool, (class loop *loop),
4448 default_predict_doloop_p)
4450 DEFHOOKPOD
4451 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4452 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4453 and branch.\n\
4454 The default value is false.",
4455 bool, false)
4457 DEFHOOKPOD
4458 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4459 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4460 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4461 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4462 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4463 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4464 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4465 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4466 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4467 The default value is zero.",
4468 int64_t, 0)
4470 DEFHOOKPOD
4471 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4472 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4473 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4474 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4475 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4476 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4477 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4478 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4479 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4480 The default value is zero.",
4481 int64_t, 0)
4483 DEFHOOK
4484 (can_use_doloop_p,
4485 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4486 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4487 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4488 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4489 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4490 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4491 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4493 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4494 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4495 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4496 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4497 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4498 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4500 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4501 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4502 DEFHOOK
4503 (invalid_within_doloop,
4504 "\n\
4505 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4506 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4507 could not be applied.\n\
4509 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4510 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4511 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4512 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4513 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4514 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4515 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4517 /* Returns the machine mode which the target prefers for doloop IV. */
4518 DEFHOOK
4519 (preferred_doloop_mode,
4520 "This hook takes a @var{mode} for a doloop IV, where @code{mode} is the\n\
4521 original mode for the operation. If the target prefers an alternate\n\
4522 @code{mode} for the operation, then this hook should return that mode;\n\
4523 otherwise the original @code{mode} should be returned. For example, on a\n\
4524 64-bit target, @code{DImode} might be preferred over @code{SImode}. Both the\n\
4525 original and the returned modes should be @code{MODE_INT}.",
4526 machine_mode,
4527 (machine_mode mode),
4528 default_preferred_doloop_mode)
4530 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4531 DEFHOOK
4532 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4533 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\n\
4534 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\n\
4535 default is to accept all instructions.",
4536 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4537 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4539 DEFHOOK
4540 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4541 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\n\
4542 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\n\
4543 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4544 bool, (const_tree decl),
4545 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4547 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4548 value. */
4549 DEFHOOKPOD
4550 (const_anchor,
4551 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4552 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4553 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4554 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4555 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4556 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4557 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4558 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4559 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4560 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4561 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4562 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4563 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4564 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4565 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4566 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4568 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4569 DEFHOOK
4570 (memmodel_check,
4571 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4572 memory model bits are allowed.",
4573 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4575 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4576 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4577 supported by the target. */
4578 DEFHOOK
4579 (asan_shadow_offset,
4580 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4581 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4582 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4583 by a subtarget.",
4584 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4585 NULL)
4587 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4588 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4589 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4591 DEFHOOK
4592 (promote_function_mode,
4593 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4594 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4595 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4596 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4597 pointer} types.\n\
4599 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4600 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4601 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4602 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4603 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4604 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4605 the signedness may be different.\n\
4607 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4609 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4610 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4611 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4612 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4613 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4614 default_promote_function_mode)
4616 DEFHOOK
4617 (promote_prototypes,
4618 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4619 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4620 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4621 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4622 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4623 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4624 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4626 DEFHOOK
4627 (struct_value_rtx,
4628 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4629 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4630 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4631 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4632 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4633 argument.\n\
4635 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4636 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4637 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4638 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4639 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4640 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4641 the caller.\n\
4643 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4644 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4645 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4646 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4647 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4648 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4649 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4651 DEFHOOKPOD
4652 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4653 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4654 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4655 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4656 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4657 undesirable on your target.",
4658 bool, false)
4660 DEFHOOK
4661 (return_in_memory,
4662 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4663 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4664 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4665 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4666 libcalls.\n\
4668 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4669 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4670 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4671 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4672 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4673 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4675 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4676 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4677 to indicate this.",
4678 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4679 default_return_in_memory)
4681 DEFHOOK
4682 (return_in_msb,
4683 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4684 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4685 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4686 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4688 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4689 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4690 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4691 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4692 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4693 bool, (const_tree type),
4694 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4696 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4697 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4698 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4699 DEFHOOK
4700 (pass_by_reference,
4701 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4702 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4703 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4704 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4706 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4707 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4708 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4709 to that type.",
4710 bool,
4711 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4712 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4714 DEFHOOK
4715 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4716 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4717 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4718 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4719 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4720 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4721 rtx, (void),
4722 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4724 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4725 DEFHOOK
4726 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4727 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4728 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4729 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4730 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4731 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4732 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4733 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4735 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4736 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4737 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4738 arguments. The argument @var{arg} should not be used if the function type\n\
4739 satisfies @code{TYPE_NO_NAMED_ARGS_STDARG_P}, since in that case there are\n\
4740 no named arguments and all arguments are accessed with @code{va_arg}.\n\
4742 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4743 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4744 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4745 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4746 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4747 frame.\n\
4749 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4750 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4751 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4752 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4753 for all data types.\n\
4755 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4756 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4757 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4758 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4759 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4760 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4761 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4762 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4764 DEFHOOK
4765 (call_args,
4766 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4767 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4768 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4769 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4770 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4771 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4772 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4773 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4774 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4775 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4776 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4777 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4778 void, (rtx, tree),
4779 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4781 DEFHOOK
4782 (end_call_args,
4783 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4784 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4785 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4786 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4787 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4788 void, (void),
4789 hook_void_void)
4791 DEFHOOK
4792 (push_argument,
4793 "This target hook returns @code{true} if push instructions will be\n\
4794 used to pass outgoing arguments. When the push instruction usage is\n\
4795 optional, @var{npush} is nonzero to indicate the number of bytes to\n\
4796 push. Otherwise, @var{npush} is zero. If the target machine does not\n\
4797 have a push instruction or push instruction should be avoided,\n\
4798 @code{false} should be returned. That directs GCC to use an alternate\n\
4799 strategy: to allocate the entire argument block and then store the\n\
4800 arguments into it. If this target hook may return @code{true},\n\
4801 @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined.",
4802 bool, (unsigned int npush),
4803 default_push_argument)
4805 DEFHOOK
4806 (strict_argument_naming,
4807 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4808 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4810 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4811 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4812 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4813 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4814 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4815 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4816 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4818 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4819 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4820 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4822 /* Returns true if we should use
4823 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4824 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4825 DEFHOOK
4826 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4827 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4828 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4829 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4830 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4831 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4832 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4833 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4834 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4836 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4837 should be passed as two scalars. */
4838 DEFHOOK
4839 (split_complex_arg,
4840 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4841 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4842 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4843 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4844 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4845 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4846 point register.\n\
4848 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4849 false.",
4850 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4852 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4853 but must be passed on the stack. */
4854 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4855 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4856 DEFHOOK
4857 (must_pass_in_stack,
4858 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4859 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4860 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4861 documentation.",
4862 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4863 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4865 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4866 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4867 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4868 DEFHOOK
4869 (callee_copies,
4870 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4871 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4872 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4873 by the caller.\n\
4875 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4876 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4877 not be generated.\n\
4879 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4880 bool,
4881 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4882 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4884 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4885 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4886 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4887 DEFHOOK
4888 (arg_partial_bytes,
4889 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4890 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4891 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4892 pushed on the stack.\n\
4894 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4895 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4896 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4897 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4898 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4899 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4900 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4902 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4903 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4904 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4905 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4906 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4908 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4909 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4910 argument. */
4911 DEFHOOK
4912 (function_arg_advance,
4913 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4914 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4915 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4916 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4918 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4919 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4920 used for arguments without any special help.",
4921 void,
4922 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4923 default_function_arg_advance)
4925 DEFHOOK
4926 (function_arg_offset,
4927 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4928 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4929 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4930 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4931 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4932 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4933 default_function_arg_offset)
4935 DEFHOOK
4936 (function_arg_padding,
4937 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4938 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4939 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4940 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4942 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4943 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4944 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4946 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4947 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4948 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4949 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4950 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4951 default_function_arg_padding)
4953 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4954 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4955 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4956 argument. */
4957 DEFHOOK
4958 (function_arg,
4959 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4960 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4961 the previous arguments.\n\
4963 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4964 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4965 on the stack.\n\
4967 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4968 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4969 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4970 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4971 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4972 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4973 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4974 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4975 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4976 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4977 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4978 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4979 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4981 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4982 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4983 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4985 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4986 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4987 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4988 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4989 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4990 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4992 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4993 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4994 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4995 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4996 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4997 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4998 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4999 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
5000 a register.",
5001 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
5002 default_function_arg)
5004 DEFHOOK
5005 (function_incoming_arg,
5006 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
5007 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
5008 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
5009 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
5011 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
5012 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
5013 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
5014 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
5015 arrive.\n\
5017 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
5018 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
5019 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
5021 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
5022 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
5023 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
5024 default_function_incoming_arg)
5026 DEFHOOK
5027 (function_arg_boundary,
5028 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
5029 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
5030 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
5031 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
5032 default_function_arg_boundary)
5034 DEFHOOK
5035 (function_arg_round_boundary,
5036 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
5037 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
5038 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
5039 value.",
5040 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
5041 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
5043 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
5044 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
5045 DEFHOOK
5046 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
5047 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5048 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
5049 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
5050 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
5051 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
5053 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
5054 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
5055 DEFHOOK
5056 (function_value,
5057 "\n\
5058 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
5059 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
5060 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
5061 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
5062 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
5063 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
5064 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
5065 a function returns a value.\n\
5067 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
5068 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
5069 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
5070 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
5071 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
5072 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
5073 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
5074 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
5075 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
5076 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
5077 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
5078 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
5080 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
5081 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
5082 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
5084 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
5085 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
5086 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
5087 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
5088 known.\n\
5090 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
5091 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
5092 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
5093 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
5095 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
5096 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
5097 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
5098 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5099 default_function_value)
5101 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5102 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5103 DEFHOOK
5104 (libcall_value,
5105 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
5106 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
5108 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
5109 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
5110 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
5112 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
5113 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5114 default_libcall_value)
5116 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5117 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5118 DEFHOOK
5119 (function_value_regno_p,
5120 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5121 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5123 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5124 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5125 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5127 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5128 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5129 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5131 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5132 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5133 default_function_value_regno_p)
5135 DEFHOOK
5136 (fntype_abi,
5137 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5138 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5139 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5140 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5141 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5142 NULL)
5144 DEFHOOK
5145 (insn_callee_abi,
5146 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5147 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5148 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5149 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5150 directly.\n\
5152 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5153 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5154 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5155 NULL)
5157 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5158 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5159 (internal_arg_pointer,
5160 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5161 current function.",
5162 rtx, (void),
5163 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5165 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5166 DEFHOOK
5167 (update_stack_boundary,
5168 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5169 necessary.",
5170 void, (void), NULL)
5172 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5173 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5174 DEFHOOK
5175 (get_drap_rtx,
5176 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5177 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5178 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5179 is needed.",
5180 rtx, (void), NULL)
5182 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5183 DEFHOOK
5184 (zero_call_used_regs,
5185 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5186 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5187 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5189 For most targets, the returned set of registers is a subset of\n\
5190 @var{selected_regs}, however, for some of the targets (for example MIPS),\n\
5191 clearing some registers that are in the @var{selected_regs} requires\n\
5192 clearing other call used registers that are not in the @var{selected_regs},\n\
5193 under such situation, the returned set of registers must be a subset of all\n\
5194 call used registers.\n\
5196 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5197 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5198 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5199 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5200 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5201 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5202 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5204 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5205 stack. */
5206 DEFHOOK
5207 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5208 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5209 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5210 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5211 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5212 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5213 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5214 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5215 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5216 bool, (void),
5217 hook_bool_void_true)
5219 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5220 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5221 DEFHOOK
5222 (static_chain,
5223 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5224 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5225 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5226 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5227 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5229 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5231 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5232 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5233 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5234 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5235 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5236 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5237 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5238 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5239 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5240 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5241 to refer to those items.",
5242 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5243 default_static_chain)
5245 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5246 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5247 DEFHOOK
5248 (trampoline_init,
5249 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5250 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5251 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5252 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5253 when it is called.\n\
5255 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5256 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5257 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5258 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5259 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5260 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5262 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5263 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5264 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5265 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5266 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5267 default_trampoline_init)
5269 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5270 DEFHOOK
5271 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5272 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5273 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5274 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5275 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5277 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5278 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5279 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5280 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5281 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5282 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5284 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5285 DEFHOOK
5286 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5287 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5288 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5289 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5290 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5291 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5292 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5293 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5294 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5296 DEFHOOKPOD
5297 (custom_function_descriptors,
5298 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5299 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5300 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5301 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5302 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5303 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5304 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5305 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5307 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5308 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5309 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5311 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5312 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5313 it to be made executable.",
5314 int, -1)
5316 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5317 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5318 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5319 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5320 DEFHOOK
5321 (return_pops_args,
5322 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5323 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5324 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5326 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5327 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5328 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5329 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5331 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5332 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5333 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5334 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5335 arguments (if known).\n\
5337 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5338 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5339 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5340 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5341 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5342 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5344 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5345 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5346 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5348 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5349 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5350 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5351 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5352 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5353 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5354 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5355 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5356 number of arguments.",
5357 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5358 default_return_pops_args)
5360 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5361 returned. */
5362 DEFHOOK
5363 (get_raw_result_mode,
5364 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\n\
5365 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5366 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct. Use @code{VOIDmode} if a register\n\
5367 should be ignored for @code{__builtin_return} purposes.",
5368 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5369 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5371 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5372 passed. */
5373 DEFHOOK
5374 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5375 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\n\
5376 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\n\
5377 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct. Use @code{VOIDmode} if a register\n\
5378 should be ignored for @code{__builtin_apply_args} purposes.",
5379 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5380 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5382 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5383 DEFHOOK
5384 (empty_record_p,
5385 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5386 is to return @code{false}.",
5387 bool, (const_tree type),
5388 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5390 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5391 DEFHOOK
5392 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5393 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5394 ABI.",
5395 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5396 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5398 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5400 DEFHOOK
5401 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5402 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5403 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5404 bool, (void),
5405 hook_bool_void_false)
5407 DEFHOOK
5408 (init_pic_reg,
5409 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5410 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5411 void, (void),
5412 hook_void_void)
5414 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5415 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5416 DEFHOOK
5417 (invalid_conversion,
5418 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5419 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5420 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5421 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5422 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5424 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5425 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5426 DEFHOOK
5427 (invalid_unary_op,
5428 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5429 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5430 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5431 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5432 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5433 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5435 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5436 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5437 DEFHOOK
5438 (invalid_binary_op,
5439 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5440 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5441 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5442 the front end.",
5443 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5444 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5446 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5447 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5448 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5449 DEFHOOK
5450 (promoted_type,
5451 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5452 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5453 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5454 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5455 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5456 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5457 tree, (const_tree type),
5458 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5460 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5461 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5462 the standard conversion rules. */
5463 DEFHOOK
5464 (convert_to_type,
5465 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5466 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5467 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5468 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5469 conversion rules.\n\
5470 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5471 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5472 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5474 DEFHOOK
5475 (verify_type_context,
5476 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5477 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5478 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5479 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5481 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5482 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5483 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5485 The default implementation always returns true.",
5486 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5487 bool silent_p),
5488 NULL)
5490 DEFHOOK
5491 (can_change_mode_class,
5492 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5493 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5494 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5495 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5496 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5498 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5499 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5500 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5501 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5502 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5503 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5505 @smallexample\n\
5506 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5507 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5508 @end smallexample\n\
5510 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5511 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5512 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5513 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5514 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5515 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5516 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5517 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5518 value that the middle-end intended.",
5519 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5520 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5522 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5523 DEFHOOK
5524 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5525 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5526 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5528 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5529 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5530 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5532 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5533 DEFHOOK
5534 (lra_p,
5535 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\n\
5537 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\n\
5538 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5539 bool, (void),
5540 default_lra_p)
5542 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5543 DEFHOOK
5544 (register_priority,
5545 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\n\
5546 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\n\
5547 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\n\
5548 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\n\
5549 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\n\
5550 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\n\
5551 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\n\
5552 and as result making the generated code smaller.\n\
5554 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5555 int, (int),
5556 default_register_priority)
5558 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5559 DEFHOOK
5560 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5561 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\n\
5562 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\n\
5563 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\n\
5564 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\n\
5565 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\n\
5566 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\n\
5567 optimizations.\n\
5569 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5570 bool, (void),
5571 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5573 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5574 DEFHOOK
5575 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5576 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\n\
5577 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\n\
5578 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\n\
5579 the insn.\n\
5581 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5582 bool, (void),
5583 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5585 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5586 instead of memory. */
5587 DEFHOOK
5588 (spill_class,
5589 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\n\
5590 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\n\
5591 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\n\
5592 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5593 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5594 NULL)
5596 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5597 DEFHOOK
5598 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5599 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\n\
5600 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\n\
5601 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\n\
5602 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\n\
5603 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\n\
5604 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5605 bool, (reg_class_t),
5606 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5608 DEFHOOK
5609 (cstore_mode,
5610 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\n\
5611 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\n\
5612 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\n\
5613 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\n\
5614 patterns.",
5615 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5616 default_cstore_mode)
5618 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5619 classes to use. */
5620 DEFHOOK
5621 (compute_pressure_classes,
5622 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\n\
5623 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\n\
5624 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\n\
5625 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5626 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5628 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5629 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5630 DEFHOOK
5631 (member_type_forces_blk,
5632 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5633 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5635 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5636 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5637 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5638 retain the field's mode.\n\
5640 Normally, this is not needed.",
5641 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5642 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5644 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.cc:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5645 that gate the divod transform. */
5646 DEFHOOK
5647 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5648 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5649 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5650 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5651 NULL)
5653 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5654 DEFHOOK
5655 (secondary_reload,
5656 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5657 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5658 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5659 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5660 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5661 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5662 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5663 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5664 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5665 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5666 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5667 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5669 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5670 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5671 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5672 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5673 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5674 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5675 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5676 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5677 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5678 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5680 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5682 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5683 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5684 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5685 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5686 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5688 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5689 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5690 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5691 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5692 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5693 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5695 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5696 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5697 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5698 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5699 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5701 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5702 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5703 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5704 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5705 single-register-class\n\
5706 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5707 output constraint.\n\
5709 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5710 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5711 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5712 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5714 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5715 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5716 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5717 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5718 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5719 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5720 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5721 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5724 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5725 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5726 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5727 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5729 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5730 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5731 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5733 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5734 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5735 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5736 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5737 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5738 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5739 reg_class_t,
5740 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5741 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5742 default_secondary_reload)
5744 DEFHOOK
5745 (secondary_memory_needed,
5746 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5747 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5748 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5749 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5750 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5751 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5752 false for all inputs.",
5753 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5754 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5756 DEFHOOK
5757 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5758 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5759 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5760 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5762 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5763 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5764 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5765 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5766 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5767 floating-point registers.\n\
5769 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5770 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5771 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5772 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5773 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.cc} for\n\
5774 details.\n\
5776 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5777 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5778 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5780 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5781 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5782 DEFHOOK
5783 (preferred_reload_class,
5784 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5785 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5786 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5787 another, smaller class.\n\
5789 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5791 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5792 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5793 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5794 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5795 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5797 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5798 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5799 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5800 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5801 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5802 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5803 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5804 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5805 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5806 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5807 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5809 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5810 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5811 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5812 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5813 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5814 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5815 reg_class_t,
5816 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5817 default_preferred_reload_class)
5819 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5820 input reloads. */
5821 DEFHOOK
5822 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5823 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5824 input reloads.\n\
5826 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5827 argument.\n\
5829 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5830 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5831 reg_class_t,
5832 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5833 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5835 DEFHOOK
5836 (select_early_remat_modes,
5837 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5838 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5839 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5840 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5842 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5843 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5844 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5845 void, (sbitmap modes),
5846 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5848 DEFHOOK
5849 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5850 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5851 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5852 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5854 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5855 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5856 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5857 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5858 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5860 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5861 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5862 pressure.",
5863 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5864 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5866 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5867 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5868 DEFHOOK
5869 (class_max_nregs,
5870 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5871 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5873 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5874 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5875 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5876 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5877 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5879 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5880 in the reload pass.\n\
5882 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5883 in words.",
5884 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5885 default_class_max_nregs)
5887 DEFHOOK
5888 (preferred_rename_class,
5889 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\n\
5890 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\n\
5891 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\n\
5892 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\n\
5893 is not implemented.\n\
5894 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5895 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\n\
5896 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\n\
5897 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\n\
5898 be reduced.",
5899 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5900 default_preferred_rename_class)
5902 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5903 during register allocation. */
5904 DEFHOOK
5905 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5906 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5907 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5908 register allocation.\n\
5909 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5910 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5911 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5912 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5913 bool, (rtx subst),
5914 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5916 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5917 displacement addressing. */
5918 DEFHOOK
5919 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5920 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5921 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5922 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5923 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5924 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5926 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5927 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5928 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5929 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5930 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5932 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5933 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5934 DEFHOOK
5935 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5936 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5937 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5938 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5939 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5940 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5941 usage.",
5942 void, (void),
5943 hook_void_void)
5945 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5946 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5947 but will be later. */
5948 DEFHOOK
5949 (instantiate_decls,
5950 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5951 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5952 void, (void),
5953 hook_void_void)
5955 DEFHOOK
5956 (hard_regno_nregs,
5957 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5958 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5959 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5960 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5961 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5962 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5964 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5965 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5966 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5968 DEFHOOK
5969 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5970 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5971 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5972 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5973 unconditionally.\n\
5975 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5976 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5978 @cindex register pairs\n\
5979 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5980 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5981 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5983 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5984 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5985 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5986 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5988 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5989 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5990 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5991 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5992 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5993 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5994 modes to be tieable.\n\
5996 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5997 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5998 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5999 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
6000 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
6001 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
6003 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
6004 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
6005 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
6006 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
6007 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
6008 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
6009 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
6010 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
6011 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
6013 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
6014 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
6015 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
6016 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
6017 constraints for those instructions.\n\
6019 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
6020 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
6021 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
6022 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
6023 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
6024 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6025 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
6027 DEFHOOK
6028 (modes_tieable_p,
6029 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
6030 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
6032 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
6033 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
6034 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
6035 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
6036 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
6037 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
6038 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
6040 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
6041 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
6042 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
6043 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
6044 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
6046 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
6047 in peephole2. */
6048 DEFHOOK
6049 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
6050 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
6051 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
6053 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
6054 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
6056 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
6057 bool, (unsigned int regno),
6058 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
6060 DEFHOOK
6061 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
6062 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
6063 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
6064 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
6065 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
6066 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
6067 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
6068 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
6069 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
6070 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
6071 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
6072 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
6074 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
6075 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
6076 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
6077 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
6079 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
6080 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
6081 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
6082 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
6084 DEFHOOK
6085 (get_multilib_abi_name,
6086 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
6087 const char *, (void),
6088 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
6090 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
6091 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
6092 DEFHOOK
6093 (case_values_threshold,
6094 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
6095 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
6096 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
6097 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
6098 unsigned int, (void),
6099 default_case_values_threshold)
6101 DEFHOOK
6102 (starting_frame_offset,
6103 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
6104 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
6105 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
6106 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
6107 implementation returns 0.",
6108 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6109 hook_hwi_void_0)
6111 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6112 DEFHOOK
6113 (compute_frame_layout,
6114 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
6115 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
6116 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
6117 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
6118 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
6119 this callback is optional.",
6120 void, (void),
6121 hook_void_void)
6123 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6124 DEFHOOK
6125 (frame_pointer_required,
6126 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6127 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6128 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6130 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6131 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6132 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6133 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6134 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6135 pointer.\n\
6137 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6138 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6139 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6140 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
6141 them.\n\
6143 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6144 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6145 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6147 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6148 bool, (void),
6149 hook_bool_void_false)
6151 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6152 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6153 DEFHOOK
6154 (can_eliminate,
6155 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6156 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6157 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6158 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6159 knows about.\n\
6161 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6162 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6163 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6165 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6166 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6167 target. */
6168 DEFHOOK
6169 (conditional_register_usage,
6170 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6171 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6172 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6173 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6174 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6175 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6176 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6177 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6178 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6179 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6180 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6181 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6182 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6183 command options have been applied.\n\
6185 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6186 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6187 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6188 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6189 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6190 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6191 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6192 that shouldn't be used.\n\
6194 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6195 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6196 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6197 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6198 void, (void),
6199 hook_void_void)
6201 DEFHOOK
6202 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6203 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6204 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance\n\
6205 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6206 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6207 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise.\n\
6208 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\n\
6209 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6210 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6211 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6212 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6215 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6216 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6217 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6218 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6220 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6221 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6222 (mode_for_suffix,
6223 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6224 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6225 machine_mode, (char c),
6226 default_mode_for_suffix)
6228 DEFHOOK
6229 (excess_precision,
6230 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\n\
6231 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\n\
6232 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\n\
6233 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST},\n\
6234 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, or\n\
6235 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}. For\n\
6236 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\n\
6237 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\n\
6238 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\n\
6239 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}, \n\
6240 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16}, and\n\
6241 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\n\
6242 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\n\
6243 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{|}16@r{]}}.\n\
6244 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\n\
6245 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\n\
6246 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD},\n\
6247 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FLOAT16} or\n\
6248 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6249 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6250 default_excess_precision)
6252 /* Return true if _BitInt(N) is supported and fill details about it into
6253 *INFO. */
6254 DEFHOOK
6255 (bitint_type_info,
6256 "This target hook returns true if @code{_BitInt(@var{N})} is supported and\n\
6257 provides details on it. @code{_BitInt(@var{N})} is to be represented as\n\
6258 series of @code{info->limb_mode}\n\
6259 @code{CEIL (@var{N}, GET_MODE_PRECISION (info->limb_mode))} limbs,\n\
6260 ordered from least significant to most significant if\n\
6261 @code{!info->big_endian}, otherwise from most significant to least\n\
6262 significant. If @code{info->extended} is false, the bits above or equal to\n\
6263 @var{N} are undefined when stored in a register or memory, otherwise they\n\
6264 are zero or sign extended depending on if it is\n\
6265 @code{unsigned _BitInt(@var{N})} or one of @code{_BitInt(@var{N})} or\n\
6266 @code{signed _BitInt(@var{N})}. Alignment of the type is\n\
6267 @code{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (info->limb_mode)}.",
6268 bool, (int n, struct bitint_info *info),
6269 default_bitint_type_info)
6271 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6273 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6274 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6275 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6276 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6278 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6279 DEFHOOK
6280 (guard_type,
6281 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6282 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6283 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6284 tree, (void),
6285 default_cxx_guard_type)
6287 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6288 DEFHOOK
6289 (guard_mask_bit,
6290 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6291 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6292 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6293 bool, (void),
6294 hook_bool_void_false)
6296 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6297 DEFHOOK
6298 (get_cookie_size,
6299 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6300 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6301 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6302 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6303 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6304 tree, (tree type),
6305 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6307 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6308 DEFHOOK
6309 (cookie_has_size,
6310 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6311 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6312 bool, (void),
6313 hook_bool_void_false)
6315 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6316 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6317 DEFHOOK
6318 (import_export_class,
6319 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6320 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6321 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6322 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6323 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6324 backend's targeted operating system.",
6325 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6327 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6328 DEFHOOK
6329 (cdtor_returns_this,
6330 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6331 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6332 @code{false}.",
6333 bool, (void),
6334 hook_bool_void_false)
6336 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6337 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6338 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6339 DEFHOOK
6340 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6341 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6342 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6343 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6344 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6345 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6346 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6347 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6348 bool, (void),
6349 hook_bool_void_true)
6351 DEFHOOK
6352 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6353 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\n\
6354 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\n\
6355 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\n\
6356 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\n\
6357 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\n\
6358 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6359 void, (tree decl),
6360 hook_void_tree)
6362 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6363 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6364 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6365 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6366 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6367 DEFHOOK
6368 (class_data_always_comdat,
6369 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6370 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6371 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6372 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6373 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6374 bool, (void),
6375 hook_bool_void_true)
6377 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6378 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6379 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6380 DEFHOOK
6381 (library_rtti_comdat,
6382 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6383 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6384 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6385 bool, (void),
6386 hook_bool_void_true)
6388 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6389 destructors. */
6390 DEFHOOK
6391 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6392 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6393 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6394 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6395 bool, (void),
6396 hook_bool_void_false)
6398 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6399 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6400 DEFHOOK
6401 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6402 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6403 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6404 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6405 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6406 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6407 bool, (void),
6408 hook_bool_void_false)
6410 DEFHOOK
6411 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6412 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\n\
6413 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\n\
6414 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6415 void, (tree type),
6416 hook_void_tree)
6418 DEFHOOK
6419 (decl_mangling_context,
6420 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6421 tree, (const_tree decl),
6422 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6424 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6426 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6427 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6428 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6429 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6431 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6432 DEFHOOKPOD
6433 (get_address,
6434 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6435 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6436 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6437 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6439 DEFHOOKPOD
6440 (register_common,
6441 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6442 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6443 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6444 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6445 registration function to be used.",
6446 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6448 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6449 DEFHOOKPOD
6450 (var_section,
6451 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6452 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6453 any section.",
6454 const char *, NULL)
6456 DEFHOOKPOD
6457 (tmpl_section,
6458 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6459 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6460 section.",
6461 const char *, NULL)
6463 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6464 DEFHOOKPOD
6465 (var_prefix,
6466 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6467 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6468 const char *, NULL)
6470 DEFHOOKPOD
6471 (tmpl_prefix,
6472 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6473 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6474 const char *, NULL)
6476 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6477 DEFHOOK
6478 (var_fields,
6479 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6480 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6481 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6482 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6483 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6484 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6485 default_emutls_var_fields)
6487 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6488 DEFHOOK
6489 (var_init,
6490 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6491 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6492 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6493 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6494 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6495 default_emutls_var_init)
6497 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6498 proxy variable. */
6499 DEFHOOKPOD
6500 (var_align_fixed,
6501 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6502 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6503 single objects. The default is false.",
6504 bool, false)
6506 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6507 DEFHOOKPOD
6508 (debug_form_tls_address,
6509 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6510 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6511 bool, false)
6513 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6515 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6516 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6517 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6519 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6520 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6521 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6522 DEFHOOK
6523 (valid_attribute_p,
6524 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6525 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6526 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6527 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6528 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6530 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6531 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6532 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6533 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6534 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6536 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6537 DEFHOOK
6538 (save,
6539 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6540 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6541 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6542 @xref{Option file format}.",
6543 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6544 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6546 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6547 structure. */
6548 DEFHOOK
6549 (restore,
6550 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6551 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6552 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6553 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6554 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6556 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6557 streamed in. */
6558 DEFHOOK
6559 (post_stream_in,
6560 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6561 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6562 LTO bytecode.",
6563 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6565 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6566 structure. */
6567 DEFHOOK
6568 (print,
6569 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6570 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6571 function-specific options.",
6572 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6574 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6575 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6576 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6577 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6578 DEFHOOK
6579 (pragma_parse,
6580 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6581 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6582 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6583 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6584 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6585 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6587 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6588 DEFHOOK
6589 (override,
6590 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6591 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6592 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6593 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6595 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6596 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6598 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6599 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6600 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6601 void, (void),
6602 hook_void_void)
6604 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6605 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6606 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6607 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6608 DEFHOOK
6609 (function_versions,
6610 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6611 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6612 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6613 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6614 different target machines.",
6615 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6616 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6618 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6619 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6620 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6621 DEFHOOK
6622 (can_inline_p,
6623 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6624 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6625 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6626 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6627 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6628 default_target_can_inline_p)
6630 DEFHOOK
6631 (update_ipa_fn_target_info,
6632 "Allow target to analyze all gimple statements for the given function to\n\
6633 record and update some target specific information for inlining. A typical\n\
6634 example is that a caller with one isa feature disabled is normally not\n\
6635 allowed to inline a callee with that same isa feature enabled even which is\n\
6636 attributed by always_inline, but with the conservative analysis on all\n\
6637 statements of the callee if we are able to guarantee the callee does not\n\
6638 exploit any instructions from the mismatch isa feature, it would be safe to\n\
6639 allow the caller to inline the callee.\n\
6640 @var{info} is one @code{unsigned int} value to record information in which\n\
6641 one set bit indicates one corresponding feature is detected in the analysis,\n\
6642 @var{stmt} is the statement being analyzed. Return true if target still\n\
6643 need to analyze the subsequent statements, otherwise return false to stop\n\
6644 subsequent analysis.\n\
6645 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6646 bool, (unsigned int& info, const gimple* stmt),
6647 default_update_ipa_fn_target_info)
6649 DEFHOOK
6650 (need_ipa_fn_target_info,
6651 "Allow target to check early whether it is necessary to analyze all gimple\n\
6652 statements in the given function to update target specific information for\n\
6653 inlining. See hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info} for usage example of\n\
6654 target specific information. This hook is expected to be invoked ahead of\n\
6655 the iterating with hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}.\n\
6656 @var{decl} is the function being analyzed, @var{info} is the same as what\n\
6657 in hook @code{update_ipa_fn_target_info}, target can do one time update\n\
6658 into @var{info} without iterating for some case. Return true if target\n\
6659 decides to analyze all gimple statements to collect information, otherwise\n\
6660 return false.\n\
6661 The default version of this hook returns false.",
6662 bool, (const_tree decl, unsigned int& info),
6663 default_need_ipa_fn_target_info)
6665 DEFHOOK
6666 (relayout_function,
6667 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed.\n\
6668 Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated\n\
6669 with the attribute target.",
6670 void, (tree fndecl),
6671 hook_void_tree)
6673 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6675 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6676 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6677 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6678 DEFHOOK
6679 (extra_live_on_entry,
6680 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6681 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6682 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6683 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6684 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6685 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6686 void, (bitmap regs),
6687 hook_void_bitmap)
6689 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6690 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6691 definition. */
6692 DEFHOOKPOD
6693 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6694 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6695 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6696 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6697 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6698 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6699 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6700 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6701 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6702 bool,
6703 false)
6705 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6706 DEFHOOK
6707 (set_up_by_prologue,
6708 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\n\
6709 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6710 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6711 NULL)
6713 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6714 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6715 function attribute. */
6716 DEFHOOK
6717 (warn_func_return,
6718 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching\n\
6719 the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end\n\
6720 of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6721 bool, (tree),
6722 hook_bool_tree_true)
6724 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6725 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6726 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6728 DEFHOOK
6729 (get_separate_components,
6730 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6731 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6732 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6733 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6734 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6735 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6736 sbitmap, (void),
6737 NULL)
6739 DEFHOOK
6740 (components_for_bb,
6741 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6742 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6743 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6744 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6745 NULL)
6747 DEFHOOK
6748 (disqualify_components,
6749 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6750 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6751 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6752 epilogue instead.",
6753 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6754 NULL)
6756 DEFHOOK
6757 (emit_prologue_components,
6758 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6759 void, (sbitmap),
6760 NULL)
6762 DEFHOOK
6763 (emit_epilogue_components,
6764 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6765 void, (sbitmap),
6766 NULL)
6768 DEFHOOK
6769 (set_handled_components,
6770 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6771 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6772 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6773 will be deleted after this call.",
6774 void, (sbitmap),
6775 NULL)
6777 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6778 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6779 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6781 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6782 DEFHOOK
6783 (debug_unwind_info,
6784 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6785 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6786 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6787 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6789 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6790 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6792 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6793 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6794 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6795 default_debug_unwind_info)
6797 DEFHOOK
6798 (reset_location_view,
6799 "This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6800 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6801 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6802 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6804 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6805 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6806 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6807 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6808 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6810 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6811 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6812 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6814 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6815 defined at this time. */
6816 DEFHOOK
6817 (canonicalize_comparison,
6818 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6819 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6820 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6821 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6823 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6824 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6825 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6826 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6827 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6828 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6829 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6831 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6832 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6833 @file{md} file.\n\
6835 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6836 comparison code or operands.",
6837 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6838 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6840 DEFHOOK
6841 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6842 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6843 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6844 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6846 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6847 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6848 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6850 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6851 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6852 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6854 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6855 defined to 1.",
6856 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6858 DEFHOOKPOD
6859 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6860 "This value should be set if the result written by\n\
6861 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\n\
6862 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6863 unsigned char, 1)
6865 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6866 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6867 as needed. */
6868 DEFHOOK
6869 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6870 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\n\
6871 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\n\
6872 default alignment for the specified mode is used.",
6873 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6874 hook_uint_mode_0)
6876 DEFHOOK
6877 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6878 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\n\
6879 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\n\
6880 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence.\n\
6881 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\n\
6882 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\n\
6883 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\n\
6884 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\n\
6885 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\n\
6886 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\n\
6887 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\n\
6888 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\n\
6889 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\n\
6890 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\n\
6891 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\n\
6892 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6893 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6894 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6896 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6898 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6899 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6900 DEFHOOKPOD
6901 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6902 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6903 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6904 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6905 bool, false)
6907 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6908 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6909 DEFHOOKPOD
6910 (have_ctors_dtors,
6911 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6912 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6913 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6914 bool, false)
6916 /* True if the target wants DTORs to be run from cxa_atexit. */
6917 DEFHOOKPOD
6918 (dtors_from_cxa_atexit,
6919 "This value is true if the target wants destructors to be queued to be\n\
6920 run from __cxa_atexit. If this is the case then, for each priority level,\n\
6921 a new constructor will be entered that registers the destructors for that\n\
6922 level with __cxa_atexit (and there will be no destructors emitted).\n\
6923 It is false the method implied by @code{have_ctors_dtors} is used.",
6924 bool, false)
6926 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6927 DEFHOOKPOD
6928 (have_tls,
6929 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6930 The default value is false.",
6931 bool, false)
6933 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6934 DEFHOOKPOD
6935 (have_srodata_section,
6936 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6937 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6938 bool, false)
6940 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6941 DEFHOOKPOD
6942 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6943 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6944 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6945 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6946 true otherwise.",
6947 bool, true)
6949 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6950 DEFHOOKPOD
6951 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6952 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6953 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6954 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6955 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6956 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6957 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6958 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6960 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6961 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6962 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6963 bool, false)
6965 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6966 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6967 DEFHOOKPOD
6968 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6969 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6970 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6971 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6972 this to be done. The default is false.",
6973 bool, false)
6975 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6976 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6977 DEFHOOKPOD
6978 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6979 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6980 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6981 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6982 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6983 bool, false)
6985 DEFHOOKPOD
6986 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6987 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\n\
6988 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\n\
6989 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6990 bool, false)
6992 DEFHOOKPOD
6993 (delay_sched2,
6994 "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6995 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6996 bool, false)
6998 DEFHOOKPOD
6999 (delay_vartrack,
7000 "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
7001 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
7002 bool, false)
7004 DEFHOOKPOD
7005 (no_register_allocation,
7006 "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
7007 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
7008 targets.",
7009 bool, false)
7011 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
7013 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
7014 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7015 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
7016 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
7018 DEFHOOK
7019 (emit,
7020 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}.\n\
7021 @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where\n\
7022 the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode\n\
7023 to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before\n\
7024 sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
7025 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
7027 DEFHOOK
7028 (needed,
7029 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
7030 If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro\n\
7031 to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element\n\
7032 in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity}\n\
7033 must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
7034 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
7036 DEFHOOK
7037 (after,
7038 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity.\n\
7039 If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode\n\
7040 switching. It determines the mode that an insn results\n\
7041 in (if different from the incoming mode).",
7042 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
7044 DEFHOOK
7045 (entry,
7046 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
7047 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
7048 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry.\n\
7049 If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}\n\
7050 must be defined.",
7051 int, (int entity), NULL)
7053 DEFHOOK
7054 (exit,
7055 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that\n\
7056 needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode\n\
7057 that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit.\n\
7058 If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}\n\
7059 must be defined.",
7060 int, (int entity), NULL)
7062 DEFHOOK
7063 (priority,
7064 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity}\n\
7065 are processed. 0 is the highest priority,\n\
7066 @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest.\n\
7067 The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode\n\
7068 for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority}\n\
7069 (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{}\n\
7070 @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
7071 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
7073 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
7075 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7076 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
7077 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
7079 DEFHOOK
7080 (can_tag_addresses,
7081 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
7082 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
7083 work.\n\
7085 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
7086 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
7087 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
7089 DEFHOOK
7090 (tag_size,
7091 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
7093 The default returns 8.",
7094 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
7096 DEFHOOK
7097 (granule_size,
7098 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
7099 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
7100 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
7101 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
7103 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
7104 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
7105 the same tag.\n\
7107 The default returns 16.",
7108 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
7110 DEFHOOK
7111 (insert_random_tag,
7112 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
7113 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
7114 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
7115 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
7116 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
7118 DEFHOOK
7119 (add_tag,
7120 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
7121 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
7122 @var{base}.\n\
7123 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
7124 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
7126 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
7127 RTL.",
7128 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
7129 default_memtag_add_tag)
7131 DEFHOOK
7132 (set_tag,
7133 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
7134 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7135 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
7136 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
7137 @var{tag}.",
7138 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
7140 DEFHOOK
7141 (extract_tag,
7142 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
7143 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
7144 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
7145 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
7147 DEFHOOK
7148 (untagged_pointer,
7149 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
7150 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
7151 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
7152 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
7154 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
7155 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
7156 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
7158 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7159 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
7160 #include "target-insns.def"
7161 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7163 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7164 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
7165 #include "target-insns.def"
7166 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7168 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
7169 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
7170 #include "target-insns.def"
7171 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
7173 DEFHOOK
7174 (run_target_selftests,
7175 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
7176 void, (void),
7177 NULL)
7179 DEFHOOK
7180 (gcov_type_size,
7181 "Returns the gcov type size in bits. This type is used for example for\n\
7182 counters incremented by profiling and code-coverage events. The default\n\
7183 value is 64, if the type size of long long is greater than 32, otherwise the\n\
7184 default value is 32. A 64-bit type is recommended to avoid overflows of the\n\
7185 counters. If the @option{-fprofile-update=atomic} is used, then the\n\
7186 counters are incremented using atomic operations. Targets not supporting\n\
7187 64-bit atomic operations may override the default value and request a 32-bit\n\
7188 type.",
7189 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void), default_gcov_type_size)
7191 /* This value represents whether the shadow call stack is implemented on
7192 the target platform. */
7193 DEFHOOKPOD
7194 (have_shadow_call_stack,
7195 "This value is true if the target platform supports\n\
7196 @option{-fsanitize=shadow-call-stack}. The default value is false.",
7197 bool, false)
7199 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
7200 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)